Environmental Impact Assessment Pharma... · 2017-09-13 · Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Hyderabad Pharma City in Kandukur, Yacharam and Kadthal Mandals of Ranga Reddy

2 0 1 7

Telangana State Industrial

Infrastructure Corporation Limited (A Government of Telangana Undertaking)

Environmental Impact Assessment

For PROPOSED HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY

91/4, Gachibowli, Hyderabad – 500 032, Telangana – INDIA

Phone: +91-40-23180100, Fax: +91-40-23180135

email : [email protected], [email protected]

At Kandukur, Yacharam &

Kadthal Mandals of Ranga

Reddy District

in the State of Telangana

Prepared by

Draft Report

mailto:[email protected]

mailto:[email protected]


Infrastructure Corporation Limited

Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Hyderabad Pharma City in Kandukur, Yacharam and Kadthal Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in the State of Telangana

CONT. - 1

Contents Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CONTENTS

CHAPTER DESCRIPTION

1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Introduction 1.2 Nature, Size, Location of the Project 1.3 Purpose o the EIA/EMP report and scope of the study

1.4 Brief Legal Framework for EIA Study 1.4.1 Procedure for Environmental Clearance 1.4.2 Post Environmental Clearance Monitoring

1.4.3 Important Environment Legislations 1.4.4 Pollution Standards

1.5 Report Layout

2.0 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 Type of Project 2.2 Need of the Project

2.3 Size of the Project 2.4 Planning Concept 2.5 Basic Components of the Project

2.6 Zoning of the Project 2.7 Identification of Project Proponent

2.8 Description and Location of the Project 2.9 Land Details 2.10 Phasing of the Project

2.11 Industrial Categorisation 2.12 Site Ownership 2.13 Concept of Development

2.14 Infrastructure Facilities in the Proposed Hyderabad Pharma City 2.15 Site Development

2.16 Expected Type of Industries 2.17 Site Contour 2.18 Power Requirement

2.19 Water 2.20 Waste Water Management

2.20.1 Assessment of Generation of Domestic Sewage 2.20.2 Characteristics of Pharmaceutical Industrial Effluent




CONT. - 2


2.20.3 Assessment of Generation of Industrial Effluent 2.20.4 Proposed Waste Water Management and Recycling System

2.20.5 Proposed Domestic Sewage Treatment Process 2.20.6 Proposed Industrial Effluent Treatment Process 2.21 Storm Water Drainage System

2.22 Solid Waste Management 2.22.1 Assessment of Generation of Solid Waste 2.23 Air Pollution

2.24 Population 2.25 Connectivity

2.25.1 Existing Connectivity 2.25.2 Proposed Connectivity 2.26 Fire Fighting System

2.27 Raw Materials 2.28 Resource Optimisation/Recycling and Reuse 2.29 Sustainable Development

2.30 Rain Water Harvesting 2.31 Green Belt

2.32 Rehabilitation and Resettlement 2.33 Project Cost 2.34 Project Schedule

3.0 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO 3.1 General 3.2 Geology, Ground Water & Hydro-Geology of the Study Area

3.2.1 Geology 3.2.2 Ground Water & Hydrogeology

3.2.3 Hydrogeology 3.3 Flood Hazard Zonation Mapping 3.4 Seismic History of the Study Area 3.5 Major Industries in Study Area around the Project Site

3.6 Land Use 3.6.1 Introduction

3.6.2 Land Use Based on Satellite Imagery 3.7 Soil 3.7.1 Field Study, Sampling & Analysis

3.7.2 Characteristics of Soil in the Study Area 3.8 Meteorology 3.8.1 Seasons

3.8.2 Past Records of IMD, Hyderabad 3.8.3 On-Site Meteorological Observations

3.8.4 Results of On-Site Meteorological Data 3.9 Air Quality 3.9.1 Selection of Monitoring Stations




CONT. - 3


3.9.2 Parameters & Frequency of Monitoring 3.9.3 Results & Discussions

3.9.4 Traffic Study Assessment 3.10 Water Environment 3.10.1 Surface Water Quality 3.10.2 Ground Water Quality

3.11 Noise 3.11.1 Major Sources of Noise in the Study Area 3.11.2 Ambient Noise Monitoring

3.11.3 Noise Levels in the Study Area 3.12 Ecology

3.12.1 Introduction 3.12.2 Survey Methodology 3.12.3 Terrestrial Ecology

3.12.4 Aquatic Ecology 3.12.5 Overall comment on flora & fauna distribution 3.13 Demography & Socio-Economic Status

3.13.1 General Description 3.13.2 Demographic Aspects

3.13.3 Occupational Structure 3.13.4 Infrastructure Facilities 3.13.5 Socio-Economic Survey

4.0 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Introduction 4.2 Impacts during Construction Phase

4.3 Environmental Mitigation Measures during Construction Phase 4.4 Impact Identification Matrix 4.5 Impacts during Operation Phase and Mitigation Measures

5.0 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES SITE SELECTION 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Alternative Sites 5.3 Details of Advantages of the Selected Site

5.3.1 Seaports 5.3.2 Road Connectivity 5.3.3 Rail Connectivity

5.3.4 Air Connectivity 5.3.5 Social Infrastructure

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.1 Introduction




CONT. - 4


6.2 Environmental Monitoring Program 6.3 Regulatory Framework

7.0 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 Risk Assessment 7.1.1 Quantitative risk assessment (QRA)

7.1.2 Risk Criteria 7.2 Disaster Management Plan

7.2.1 Components of On Site Disaster Management Plan 7.2.2 Infrastructure

8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 9.1 Introduction

9.2 Implementation Plan 9.2.1 During Construction

9.2.2 During Operation 9.3 Monitoring of Environmental Quality 9.4 Green Belt Development

9.5 Training 9.6 Statutory Requirement Sand Implementation 9.7 Documentation

9.8 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) 9.9 Occupational Health and Safety

9.10 Fire Safety 9.11 Environmental Management Group 9.12 Corporate Environmental Policy 9.13 Guideline for EMP for Pharmaceutical Units

(Ref: Pollution Prevention Handbook, World Bank)

10.0 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED




CONT. - 5


ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE DESCRIPTION

I Finalised ToRs by MoEFCC

II Sample Survey Data

III Finalised ToRs Points & Reference in the EIA Report

IV Relevant Indian Standards



Environmental Impact Assessment for Proposed Hyderabad Pharma City in Kandukur, Yacharam and Kadthal Mandals of Ranga

Reddy District in the State of Telangana C1 - 1

Introduction Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-1.0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 INTRODUCTION

Telangana State Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited

(TSIIC), a 100% undertaking of the Government of Telangana State

(GoTS), is the engine for industrial growth in Telangana. TSIIC

functions with a mandate to provide industrial infrastructure and

manages industrial land bank.

TSIIC was established in the year 2014 for identifying and developing

potential growth centers in the Telangana State fully equipped with

developed plots/sheds, roads, drainage, water, power and other

infrastructural facilities; providing social infrastructure, like housing for

workers near industrial zones, co-coordinating with the agencies

concerned for providing communication, transport and other facilities.

The Corporation also has active projects in the Public-Private

Partnership Mode.

Pharma industry’s future is very promising and demand for pharma

products is rising dramatically, with the global population increase and

changing life styles. Realizing the fact that India now imports a lot of

APIs from China, the Indian government has initiated steps towards

reducing dependence on imports and strengthening of indigenous

production.

Hyderabad, the Bulk Drug Capital of India, accounts for almost 20% of

pharma exports from India, while Telangana State contributes to 1/3rd

of the total pharma production in the country. There are 412 pharma

companies including 173 bulk drug units in Telangana. Hyderabad also

has witnessed infrastructural development in the biotech domain

wherein the Knowledge Park, the Biotech Park, Genome Valley and

other projects have come up giving the city an advantage over others.

Hyderabad is also a house for R&D Centres like Centre for Cellular and

Molecular Biology (CCMB), Indian Institute of Chemical Technology

(IICT), International Crop Research Institute for Semi-arid Tropics

(ICRISAT), Central Food Technology Research Institute (CFTRI) and

Institute for Life Sciences Centre (ILSC).






Leveraging on this industry environment, several existing pharma

companies have been working on expansion plans and several new

units have been proposed in Hyderabad. Various industry associations

such as the Bulk Drug Manufacturers Association (India) have already

estimated the need for around 7,000 acres of plotted industrial land to

meet the investment plans of its members.

Therefore, in order to provide an impetus to the pharma industry in

Telangana State and also to provide an industry-friendly integrated

environment for expansion units of existing pharma companies as well

as to attract new investments in manufacturing and allied segments of

pharma industry, Government of Telangana State (GoTS) proposes to

develop a PHARMA CITY near Hyderabad, a mega pharma industrial

park. The HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY is proposed to be developed with

integrated physical, environmental, social and technical infrastructure

in an area of 19333.20 acres (7823.87 Ha./ 78.23 sq.km) of land at

around 16 km to the south of Hyderabad Outer Ring Road (ORR) in

Kandukur and Yacharam Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in the State

of Telangana. This includes 52.80% of privately owned lands and

46.11% of government lands. Apart from this, around 0.57% of the land

is covered under water bodies.

Through the Government Order, G.O.MS. No. 31, dated June 10, 2016,

Industries and Commerce Department of GoTS designated TSIIC as the

Project Proponent and Nodal Agency for establishment of Proposed

Hyderabad Pharma City.






FIGURE – 1.1: CONCEPTUAL MASTER PLAN






1.2 NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The Nature & Size of project

Telangana State Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited (TSIIC),

a 100% undertaking of the Government of Telangana State (GoTS),

proposes to develop a PHARMA CITY near Hyderabad, a mega pharma

industrial park. The HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY is proposed to be

developed with integrated physical, environmental, social and

technical infrastructure in an area 19333.20 acres (7823.87 Ha./

78.23 sq.km) of land.

The proposed HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY project aims to provide an

integrated ecosystem for pharma manufacturing with the following

major components:

Pharma Manufacturing Units

Pharma City Township

Pharma University

Pharma Research & Development Facility

The Conceptual Master Plan of Proposed Project reflecting the major

components, is presented as Figure-1.1.

The proposed project falls under Sl. No. 7(c) under category ‘A’ of the

list of the projects of the schedule of EIA Notification, 2006 (i.e.,

Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ areas, export processing Zones

(EPZs), Special Economic Zones (SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather

Complexes).

The Location of the Project

The proposed HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY project is located in

Kandukur, Yacharam and Kadthal Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in

the State of Telangana. The proposed project site is located between

Latitudes 16°54′1.18"N to 17°04'12.12"N and Longitudes

78°29′55.99"E to 78°39′23.74"E (Survey of India topo sheet nos. 56

K/8, 56 K/12, 56 L/5, 56 L/9) with above average mean sea level

(AMSL) of 640 m (2100 ft). The location of the proposed project site on

Google Map is presented in Figure-1.2.






The nearest city Hyderabad, which is the capital of the state is located

about 20 km in the northern side w.r.t. the project site. Shadnagar

Railway Station is around 38 km from the project site. The Rajiv

Gandhi International Airport (RGIA) is located 21 km to the north of

Pharma City Site (32 km distance by road from site boundary) at

Shamshabad. NH 765 (Srisailam Highway) from Hyderabad ORR to

Ramanuthula, link the project Site to Hyderabad ORR and Rajiv

Gandhi International Airport. There is no river flowing in & around the

project site.

FIGURE-1.2: PROJECT SITE ON GOOGLE MAP

1.3 PURPOSE OF THE EIA/EMP REPORT AND SCOPE OF

THE STUDY

Screening Method & Scoping

As per EIA Notification 2006, published on 14th September 2006 and

the subsequent amendments thereof, all projects or activities,

including expansion and modernization of existing projects or

activities or change in Product Mix, falling under Category ‘A’ in the

Schedule shall require prior Environmental Clearance from Ministry of

Environment, Forest & Climate Change (MoEFCC), Govt. of India, New

Delhi.

This proposed HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY project of Telangana State

Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited (TSIIC), falls under Sl.






No. 7(c) under category ‘A’ of the list of the projects of the schedule of

EIA Notification, 2006 (i.e., Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/

areas, export processing Zones (EPZs), Special Economic Zones

(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes) and therefore, shall require

prior Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest

& Climate Change (MoEFCC), Govt. of India, New Delhi. In this

connection, TSIIC submitted an online application along with filled up

‘Form1’ in the prescribed format and Pre-feasibility Report to MoEFCC

(Proposal No. IA/TG/NCP/59781/2016) for its proposed Pharma City

Project dated 21st October, 2016. In this regard, under the provisions

of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard Terms of

Reference (TOR) (Annexure-I) dated 9th December, 2016 for the

purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and

environment management plan for obtaining prior environment

clearance is prescribed with public consultation (Ref. File No. 21-

5/2016-IA-III).

EIA/EMP Report Coverage

The EIA/EMP report consists information on the proposed project,

existing environment surrounding the project, estimate of emissions,

evaluates the predicted environmental and socio-economic impacts of

the proposed project. A detailed coverage of background

environmental quality, pollution sources, anticipated environmental

impacts (including socio-economic impacts) and mitigation measures,

environmental monitoring programme, additional studies, project

benefits, green belt development plan and all related issues have been

covered in this report.

As advised, the Draft EIA/ EMP Report is prepared, accommodating

all the components, based on the finalized TORs for its submission to

Telangana State Pollution Control Board (TSPCB) for the conduct of

Public Hearing/ Consultation.

This EIA Report is prepared on the basis of the available secondary

data/ literature along with the on-site data collected during the period

(16th December, 2016 – 15th March, 2017) representing the winter

season, generated through on-site monitoring of relevant

environmental components and parameters.






The Standard Terms of Reference and their reference in the EIA Report are given in Annexure – II.

1.4 BRIEF LEGAL FRAMEWORK FOR EIA STUDY

1.4.1 Procedure for Environmental Clearance

Environmental clearance of any new project or expansion of existing

projects is now done as per the new notification of the Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC), Govt. of India

dated 14th September 2006. The new notification requires prior

environmental clearance of all projects from competent central govt. or

state govt. authorities, as may be the case. The projects are now

classified into Category “A” or Category “B” projects based on spatial

extent of potential impacts on human health and natural & man-made

resources. The Category “A” projects require prior clearance by the

MoEFCC, Govt. of India while the Category “B” projects have to get

clearance from the State level Environment Impact Assessment

Authority (SEIAA), constituted by the Central Government for this

purpose.

The environment clearance procedure for new projects will require

maximum of four stages all

of which may not be

applicable to all the

projects. These four stages

in sequential order are as

follows:

Stage1 – Screening : It

refers to the definite

assignment of

environmental category to

projects or activities where

the same is not completely

specified. In case of

Category 'B’ projects

scrutiny of application at

State level to categorize

project in 'B1’ or ‘B2’ is

done. The B2 projects do

not require EIA Reports.

BOX 1.1: SCOPE OF THE STUDY

To conduct literature review and collect the data

relevant to study area

Project appreciation in terms of its environmental

pollution potential and detrimental impacts on different

environmental attributes.

To undertake environmental monitoring so as to

establish the baseline environmental status of the

study area

To identify existing pollution load due to various

activities in the ambient levels

To identify the basic environmental status including

the meteorological parameters and socio-economic

environment of the proposed study area

To predict incremental levels of pollutants in the study

area due to the proposed plant activities

To evaluate the predicted impact on the various

environmental attributes in the study area by using

scientifically developed and widely accepted

environmental impact methodologies

To prepare an environmental management plan

outlining the measures for improving the

environmental quality for environmentally sustainable

development

To identify critical environmental attributes required to

be monitored






The present project is categorized as Category ‘A’ project and thus,

this stage is not applicable.

Stage 2 - Scoping: It refers to the process by which the Expert

Appraisal Committee in the case of Category ‘A’ projects and State-

level Expert Appraisal Committee in the case of Category ‘B1’ projects

determine detailed and comprehensive Terms of Reference (ToR)

addressing all relevant environmental concerns for the preparation of

an EIA report in respect of the project for which prior environmental

clearance is sought. The ToR for this project was granted on

09.12.2016.

Stage 3 - Public Consultation: It refers to the process by which

concern of local people and other stakeholders are ascertained and

their views taken regarding the project. The Public Consultation takes

part in two steps: Public hearing and written responses. The public

hearing will be conducted under the supervision of State Pollution

Control Board in a location close to the site of the project. In the

hearing, the stakeholders will discuss about the project and express

their views regarding the project.

Stage 4 - Appraisal: This refers to detailed scrutiny by the Expert

Appraisal Committee or State Level Expert Appraisal Committee of the

application and other documents like the final EIA report. The final

EIA report for this project will be submitted after Public Hearing to

MoEFCC for the final appraisal by EAC for grant of Environment

Clearance.






1.4.2 Post Environmental Clearance Monitoring

For category “A’’ projects, the project proponent shall prominently

advertise in the newspapers indicating that the project has been

accorded environmental clearance and the details of MoEFCC website

where it is displayed.

The project management shall submit half-yearly compliance reports

in respect of the stipulated prior environmental clearance terms and

conditions in hard & soft copies to the regulatory authority concerned

on 1st June and 1st December of each calendar year. All such reports

shall be public documents. The latest such compliance report shall be

displayed on the web site of the concerned regulatory authority.

FIGURE 1.3 : STEPS OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE FOR PROPOSED PROJECT






1.4.3 Important Environment Legislations

The environmental regulations, legislations and policy guidelines and

control that may impact the project are the responsibility of a variety

of Government agencies. The principal environmental regulatory

agency in India is the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate

Change (MoEFCC), New Delhi. MoEFCC formulates environmental

policies and also accords environmental clearances for different

projects.

Many State and Central legislations have a bearing on environment

but laws on environment protection have been notified recently. These

legal enactments can be broadly classified in the terms of focus areas,

viz. pollution, natural resources and linkages between pollution and

natural resources. The important environmental legislations related to

environmental clearance for new projects are briefly described in the

Table-1.1.

The MoEFCC is the nodal agency to set up policy and standards for

the protection of environment, along with Central Pollution Control

Board (CPCB). This includes air, noise, water and hazardous waste

standards. The relevant standards, which are of significance to the

proposed project, are discussed in the section below.






TABLE: 1.1: KEY ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION

Name Scope and Objectives Key Areas Operational Agencies/

Key Players

Water (Prevention and

Control of Pollution)

Act 1974

To provide for

prevention & control of

water pollution and

enhancing water

quality

Control of sewage

and industrial

effluent discharges

Central and State

Pollution Control

Boards

Air (Prevention and

Control of Pollution)

Act 1981

To provide for the

prevention and control

of air pollution

Controls emission

and air pollutants

Central and State

Pollution Control

Boards

Forest Conservation

Act 1980

To halt rapid

deforestation &

resulting environment

degradation

Restriction on de-

reservation & use of

forest for non-forest

purpose

Central Government

Environment

Protection Act 1986;

Environment Protection

Rules 1989.

To provide for the

protection and

improvement of

environment

An umbrella

Legislation;

supplements

pollution laws

Central Govt.

MoEFCC, can

delegate power to

Dept. of

Environment

EIA Notification, New

Delhi 14th September,

2006

To provide Guideline

for EIA Study

EIA Study Central

Government, nodal

agencies MoEFCC,

State governments

Noise Pollution

(Prevention & Control)

Rules 2000

To control and take

measures for

abatement of noise and

ensure that level does

not cross standard

Noise in urban area

and around

industrial sites

Central

Government, nodal

agencies MoEFCC,

State governments

Hazardous Waste

Management and

Handling Rules 2008

To impose restrictions

and prescribe

procedures for

management, handling

and disposal of

hazardous waste

Any facility

producing

hazardous waste

Central and State

Pollution Control

Boards

Public Liability

Insurance Act, 1991

To provide for public

liability- insurance for

the purpose of

providing immediate

relief to the persons

affected by accident

occurring while

handling any

hazardous substance

and for matters

connected therewith or

incidental thereto

To provide public

liability insurance

during risk material

handling

Central

Government, Nodal

Agencies MoEFCC,

State Govt.

The Factories Act 1948 To provide

occupational safety,

health and welfare of

workers at work places

where 10 or more

workers are employed.

Health and Safety

Work conditions

and facilities

Labour

Commissioner,

Government of

Bihar






Source: Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi

1.4.4 Pollution Standards

The Environment (Protection) Rules 1986 and its subsequent

amendments have set certain pollution standards. These standards

are generally applicable to air environment, noise environment and

water environment. The ambient quality of air, water & wastewater

and noise standard are provided as Annexure – IV.

1.5 REPORT LAYOUT

The overall contents of the EIA report follow the list of contents

prescribed in the EIA Notification 2006 and the “Environmental

Impact Assessment Guidance Manual for this project” published by

MoEF&CC. The report consists of eleven chapters and the content is

briefly described in this section.

Chapter 1 - Introduction: This chapter contains the general

information on the proposed project and its location, requirement of

the project, the EIA process, details of the environmental clearance

process and legislative framework.

Chapter 2 - Project Description: This chapter deals with the details

of the project. A summarized description of the features of the project

as well as the requirements of the project is also provided in the

chapter. The sources of pollution have been also identified.

Chapter 3 – Baseline Environment Status: The methodology for

assessing various baseline environmental components in the study

area has been identified in this chapter. The various parameters of

present environmental status are identified under different aspects,

which include location and regional setting of the area, physical

aspects such as land use, land cover and soil quality. Hydrological

aspect consists of area drainage, surface water and ground water

quality. Meteorological aspect contains all the climatic factors and

ambient air quality existing in the study area. Ecological environment

describes the flora and fauna of the region. Human aspect includes

the demographical features, socio-economic environment and

infrastructure facilities of the study area.

Chapter 4 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation

Measures: This chapter describes the anticipated impacts of the

activities by the project on the environment and the mitigation






measures to be adopted. The method of assessment of impacts

including studies carried out, modelling techniques adopted to assess

the impacts has been elaborated in this chapter. The Environmental

Impact Assessment of the project during construction and operation

stages is provided.

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site): This

chapter gives details of various alternatives both in respect of location

of site and technologies to be deployed for the proposed project.

Chapter 6 - Environment Monitoring Programme: This chapter

emphasizes the formation of an Environment Management Cell with

trained staff under Senior Environment Engineer equipped with all

monitoring facilities for monitoring of all environmental parameters

during construction as well as post-project monitoring. Organization

structure for environmental management, frequency of monitoring

and cost has also been provided.

Chapter 7 - Additional Studies: The details of the public hearing

conducted for the project will be provided in this chapter. A summary

of the additional studies/activities conducted as per the requirements

of the TOR is given in this chapter. The additional studies conducted

are Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan. On-site disaster

management describing the on-site and off-site emergencies

commands and controls have also described in this chapter.

Chapter 8 - Project Benefits: The benefits that will be accrued from

the project in the locality in particular and society in general as well

as development will be identified and described in this chapter.

Chapter 9 - Environmental Management Plan: In this chapter, an

environmental strategy to mitigate the adverse effects likely to occur

on environmental parameters during construction and operation

phases have been drawn up for the proposed project. Environment

enhancement measures such as green belt plantation, CSR activities

are described in this section.

Chapter 10 - Disclosure of the Consultant: The detailed profile of

the environment consultants along with their capabilities, professional

expertise and work experiences are highlighted in this chapter.





Project Description Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-2.0

Project Description

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

Hyderabad Pharma City aims to provide an integrated ecosystem for

pharma manufacturing with the following major components:

Pharma NIMZ with

Pharma Manufacturing

Pharma City Township

Pharma University

Pharma Research & Development and Ancillary Hub

2.2 NEED OF THE PROJECT

Hyderabad the “Bulk Drug Capital of India”, accounts for almost 20% of

Pharma exports from India, while Telangana State contributes to 1/3rd of

the total pharma production in the country. There are around 400 plus

pharma companies including 170 plus bulk drug units in Telangana.

Hyderabad also has witnessed infrastructural development in the

biotech domain wherein the Knowledge Park, the Biotech Park, Genome

Valley and other projects have come up giving the city an advantage over

others. Hyderabad is also a hub for R&D Centres like Centre for Cellular

and Molecular Biology (CCMB), Indian Institute of Chemical Technology

(IICT), International Crop Research Institute for Semi-arid Tropics

(ICRISAT), Central Food Technology Research Institute (CFTRI) and

Institute for Life Science Centre (ILSC).

Leveraging on this industry environment, several existing pharma

companies have been working on expansions plans, while several new

pharma units have also been proposed in Hyderabad. Various industry

associations including the Bulk Drug Manufacturers Association (India)

have estimated the need for around 7,000 acres of plotted industrial

land to meet the investment plans of its members.

Therefore, in order to provide an impetus to the pharma industry in


environment for expansion units of existing pharma companies as well

as to attract new investments in manufacturing and allied segments of







develop a PHARMA CITY near Hyderabad. The HYDERABAD PHARMA

CITY is proposed to be developed with integrated physical,

environmental, social and technical infrastructure in an area of

19333.20 acres (7823.87 ha./ 78.23 sq.km) of land (excluding land uses

such as Cart tracks/Roads, scattered Water bodies, grave yards etc.) in

Ranga Reddy District of Telangana State..

2.3 SIZE OF THE PROJECT

Major portion of HPC land will be used for Pharma Manufacturing while

the rest of the Pharma City land is proposed to be developed for a

Pharma University, Pharma R&D and Ancillary Hub and Pharma City

Township with all allied social and physical infrastructure.

2.4 PLANNING CONCEPT

The proposed integrated industrial city for pharmaceuticals is segmented

into four major categories: Red (API Bulk Drug manufacturing unit);

Orange (Formulation and allied R&D); Green (Non- polluting industries)

and Hybrid (composite function of both red and orange type

manufacturing unit).Three concepts for zoning have been proposed

which are Co-existence, Interdependent and Independent. Conceptual

Master Planning for these three strategies were carried on. Based on the

detailed assessment of the site through various methods and

consultations with the authorities, “Coexistence” was brought forward as

a best suited concept for industrial ecology. It allows site to be developed

complying with local conditions, cater to environmental concerns whilst

maximizing the industrial land use and optimizing infrastructural

requirements; as well as viability with respect to existing and potential

connectivity and futuristic growth pattern.

The coexistence concept identifies HPC as a symbiotic ecosystem for all

the segments of the pharmaceutical industry to thrive together and

achieve a self sustaining cluster that connects all the upstream and

downstream industries of Pharma value chain. The integrated industrial

city plan is a prototype which not only boosts the industrial ecology but

would also provide impetus to the holistic growth of the region with

world class and state of art technologies. The design approach focuses

on judicious planning at the three distinct levels: cluster, infrastructure

and building level. The integrated planning for industrial city includes






people centric northern “Jana” area and industrial southern “Udyoga”

areas, connected through central road alignment abutting major

economic developments, as “Spandana”, the economic stimuli of the

industrial city. The master planning further follows a layered concept

with non-polluting industries acting as buffer to polluting industries.

The planning principles also incorporate ‘Vaastu’ as a major guiding

factor. Locations of utilities have been marked based on site analysis

and topographic conditions within six zones. Industrial Land use forms

approximately 74% of the site area.

The master planning for HPC revolves around the most critical aspects of

planning: - minimizing CAPEX, optimizing OPEX, maximizing VALUE by

best suited land use and infrastructure placement. The infrastructure

designs for the master plan, has been devised by critical assessments of

the site in reference to the type of utilities to be provided. The basic

concept of infrastructure planning is to provide plug and play

infrastructure and sustainable solutions for pharmaceutical industry.

Zero liquid discharge; sustainable solutions to solid waste management;

uninterrupted power resource and provision of renewable energy sources

are some of the aspects given impetus in infrastructure planning. The

proposal of roads are not only compliant to various conceptual aspects

but also have been validated with ground conditions and feasibility with

existing roads. The infrastructure planning also includes phase wise

planning and development of the site.

2.5 BASIC COMPONENTS OF THE PROJECT

Industries

Identifying the ecological sensitivity of the site and the nature of

industry, the master plan consciously positions the manufacturing zones

to have least impact on urban settlements. The industry types are

organized in layers, such that the red industries are distant from the

Reserve forest and existing settlements. This is followed by the lesser

polluting orange industries, that are kept closest to the Reserve forest,

wraps around the red industries. Only clean green industries are

positioned as we move closer to the people cluster, settlements. The

clean and green industries are at the heart of Pharma city and are

perceived to become an identity creator, by researching, formulating and

pioneering green practices in the industry. Zones 2,3,4,5 & 6 hold all the

industrial typologies.






Logistics and Warehousing

The upcoming e-pharmaceuticals sector is located close to Spandana,

and following them are the logistics and warehousing facilities that

anchor the major dedicated freight corridor. These functions form a

clean industry model, with stacked up facilities serviced by container

lifts, ramps etc,

Clean and Green Industries

The green industries, planned on a flatter terrain, are visualized as green

in ecology as well as industry practices. The massive rocky terrain

becomes the setting for a vast solar energy park that doubles up as a

destination, an eco-park reaching the highest point of HPC where there

is a viewpoint from which one may experience the whole development.

Seeding Cluster

Ahead on the Spandana, is an innovative Seeding cluster, which would

garner support from world class social infrastructure facilities including

a Pharma University and Centers of Excellence from the key anchors,

promoting not only a knowledge hub, but also a commercialization

platforms for the manifested outcomes of the same.

The Startup zone is located in proximity to the core manufacturing

areas, a combination of incubation centers, ready built modular office

spaces, makeshift workshops, laboratories and container offices

providing a variety of options for start-ups companies.

The major road alignment is to be developed as a Freeway with an

approximate length of 45 km within the site. The movement network of

HPC is planned to compliment and strengthen the Regional connectivity

framework.

The Residential Zone

The residential zone is characterized by vast open spaces, which can

double up as a vibrant public places to live, unwind and rejoice. The

open space ranges from central amenity zones, to waterfront

developments, rock gardens and a golf course. Bustling retail hubs

enclose multifunctional public plazas, completing the lifestyle

experience.






Central Business District

Amidst a busy business district along a wide green belt at the Jana

cluster, is a node that becomes a central business district, with iconic

landmarks that define the city’s who is who. The landscape within is an

undisturbed natural habitat, an oasis, that forms around the

meandering stream that flows within.

The City Centre

The city centre would hold the hospitality sector that serves the business

needs for the project. It would also host a convention centre and allied

cultural facilities. It is positioned to open up to the Innopreneural Village

on one side, a major transit interchange and the hospitality sector on the

other side becoming quite literally the centre of all activities.

Pharma University

Pharma University, with integrated Research cells, excellence centers

and world class learning environment, is envisioned in line with

university towns. This contributes to juxta positioning of live- learn-

innovate & play while making sure that the next generation of ideas are

born and curate in a symbiotic environment.

2.6 ZONING OF THE PROJECT

The HPC site is divided into six zones for accommodating industrial and

different non-industrial

developments within the site.

Zone 1: It is located on the

north western part of HPC. The

Kandukur- Yacharam road from

NH 765 to SH- 19 passes across

this zone of the site.

Zone 2: It is located on the

north central part of the HPC.

Zone 3: It is located on the eastern part of the project area.

Zone 4: It is located on the central part of the project area.

Zone 5: It is located on the southern part of the project area. This zone

can be directly accessed by NH 765.






Zone 6: It is located on the southern part of the project area.

2.7 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

Telangana State Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited (TSIIC), a

100% undertaking of the Government of Telangana State (GoTS), is the

engine for industrial growth in Telangana. TSIIC is geared up to

transform the State into an ideal destination for industrial investments.

TSIIC functions with a mandate to provide industrial infrastructure and

manages industrial land bank.

TSIIC has huge land bank for promoting manufacturing in the State

TSIIC has 150 Industrial Parks spanning a wide range of sectors –

IT, Biotechnology, Aerospace, Apparels, Pharmaceuticals,

Automobiles/Auto Components etc

Telangana is host to 28 SEZs out of the 192 operational SEZs in the

country

TSIIC is spread over all districts of Telangana State with 9 Zonal

Offices

TSIIC exercises the local authority powers and functions through its

Industrial Area Local Authorities (IALAs)

Core functions to TSIIC include:

Identification of potential sites for Industrial Areas

Acquisition/ Alienation of lands for Industrial Parks

Providing infrastructure facilities through in house engineering

division in Industrial Parks

Allotment of land/plots/sheds for various industries

Identification and development of infrastructure projects in PPP

mode

Through the Government Order, G.O.MS. No. 31, dated June 10, 2016,

Industries and Commerce Department of GoTS designated TSIIC as the

Project Proponent and Nodal Agency for establishment of Hyderabad

Pharma City.

2.8 DESCRIPTION AND LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The proposed HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY project is located in

Kandukur and Yacharam Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in the State






of Telangana. The name of the villages situated within the project site for

development of proposed project are Mucherla, Meerkhanpet, Kurmidda,

Panjaguda, Medipally, Nanaknagar, Thadiparthy, Mudwin, KarkalPahad

and Kadthal. The Survey nos. details of proposed project site are given

as Annexure –V. The proposed project site is located between Latitudes

16°54′1.18"N to 17°04'12.12"N and Longitudes 78°29′55.99"E to

78°39′23.74"E with average above mean sea level (AMSL) of 640 m (2100

ft). The location of the proposed project site on Topo sheets and Google

Map is presented in Figure-2.1&2.2 respectively.

The land use is mostly dry scrubland. The proposed Pharma City NIMZ

site is completely a green field site with almost no developments

currently at the site. The existing land use within the site is largely

agricultural fallow lands followed by agricultural cropped lands and

scrub / barren rocky lands. It has barring few scattered buildings and

dwellings.






Proposed Project Site The nearest city Hyderabad, which is the capital of the state is located


Railway Station is around 38 km from the project site. The Rajiv Gandhi

International Airport (RGIA) is located 21 km to the north of Pharma

City Site (32 km distance by road from site boundary) at Shamshabad.

NH 765 (Srisailam Highway) from Hyderabad ORR to Ramanuthula,

links the project Site to Hyderabad ORR and Rajiv Gandhi International

Airport. There is no river flowing in & around the project site.






FIGURE-2.1: PROJECT SITE ON TOPOSHEETS

(TOPOSHEET NO. 56 K/12 & 56 L/9)






FIGURE-2.2: PROJECT SITE ON GOOGLE MAP

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary within 10 km radius of the

Project Site. Few Reserve Forests are situated around the project site,

the list of which is presented below.

Sl.

No.

Reserved Forest Direction

w.r.t the Site

Distance from Site

(approx.)

1. Gummadivelli North Abuts site

boundary

North Abuts site boundary

2. Eliminedu North 9.5 km

3. Madhapuram Northeast 7.8 km

4. Gungal Northeast 9.3 km

5. Godkondla East 5.5 km

6. Tirgandlapalli East 8.5 km

7. Mudhivenu Southeast Abuts Site Boundary

8. Tippareddipalli South Abuts site boundary

9. Kadtal South Abuts Site Boundary

10. Ramnutla Southwest 2.5 km






Sl.

No.

Reserved Forest Direction

w.r.t the Site

Distance from Site

(approx.)

11. Raichettu West 6.0 km

12. Jaitaram Northwest 8.5 km

13. Tumlur Northwest 9.0 km

2.9 LAND DETAILS

Land use break up for the proposed HPC project is presented inTable-

2.1. The salient features and the latitude and longitude of the proposed

Hyderabad Pharma City are depicted in Table-2.2.

Table – 2.1

Proposed Landuse Break-up in Pharma City

Hyderabad Pharma City Area (in Acres) % of Area

A. Industrial Zone 9740 46%

Red 4517

Hybrid 2394

Orange (R&D) 1933

Green 605

Common Amenity 291

B. Residential 1941 9%

Residential 1165

Commercial 388

Institutional 388

C. Public and Semi Public 1095 5%

i. Offices 544

ii. Healthcare facilities 104

iii. Hotel and Entertainment 141

CV. Pharma University 306 1%

D. Open Spaces - Green Area 4406 21%

Hillocks 498

Water bodies 156

Green Area 3752

E. Utilities 535 3%

F. Transportation and Communication 3155 15%

Roads 2699

Logistics Hub 357

Multimodal transit Hub 99






Table 2.2 Salient features of the proposed Development

Latitude/ Longitude

Latitude: 16°54’1.18 N to 17°04’12.12 N

Longitude: 78°29’55.99” E to 78°39’23.74” E

Water Requirement Gross Water Demand: 167.45 MLD (including

losses)

Net Water Demand: 142.34 MLD

(Source: Krishna Water Supply Scheme & RWS

Scheme)

Power Requirement 985 MW

Source: 250 MW on-site Gas based Co-generation

Power Plant, 435 MW solar PV, 3 MW waste to

energy power plant and the balance through the

supply system of Power Grid Corporation of India

Limited (PGCIL) and TRANS Co sub stations. For

this, four GIS substations (220/132/33kV) are

proposed to be developed to cater to the power

demand of HPC.

Manpower Requirement 15.95 Lakhs

Waste Water Generation 66.22 MLD (Industrial Wastewater)

54.80 MLD (Domestic Wastewater)

Nearest Railway Station/

Airport

Shadnagar Railway Station/ Rajiv Gandhi

International Airport, Shamshabad

Nearest Highway NH-765(Srisailam Highway)

Nearest Town/City Kothur/ Hyderabad

Nearest Habitation Kadthal

Project Cost Rs. 5157.76 Crores






2.10 PHASING OF THE PROJECT

Phasing strategy of Pharma city is mainly guided by several parameters

and prerequisites that will form the criteria for development of each

phase. Table-2.3 explains the parameters considered for phasing.

Depending upon all of these criteria the holistic development of HPC has

been envisioned for the span of 30 years which is further divided into

three phases of development.

Phase I (8283 Ac) as identified in the Error! Reference source not found. is about

43 % of total site area for Pharma city. Industrial development within

Pharma City is expected to grow at fast rate in this Phase due to the

ready demand for industrial land. This forms the birthing stage for other

Phases and the need for key infrastructural provisions, thus demand for

residential, commercial and other amenities need to be subsequently

met to cater to the industrial development, thereby leading to a well-

integrated development approach.

Phase II & III, a larger development covering about 57% of total site area,

is essential for future industrial growth including industrial development

along NH765.






Table – 2.3 : Criteria for Phasing

PHASE-1 PHASE-2 PHASE-3

Criteria for Phase-1 Criteria for Phase-2 Criteria for Phase-3

Sector

Presence in

Region

Potential relocation to outside

Hyderabad's ORR as per Govt.

Order

60-75% Phase -1 operational in HPC and

acts as a magnet/catalyst for investment

90-100% Phase -1 operational,60-75 %

Phase 2 operational in HPC and acts

as a magnet/ catalyst for investment

Sector Demand Ready demand for Phase-1Partly ready demand. Attract investors

from beyond regional presence

Specialised industries and scaling up

of operations

Connectivity

Strong Connectivity of NH, SH to

support goods and freight

movement

Phased implementation of internal road

network, upcoming of Secondary road

network

Complete road network, external

connectivity in place , addition of public

transit medium

InfrastructureSpecialised industrial infrastructure

in place

Shared centralised facilities in place, focus

on Plug and Play infrastructureSpecialised services

Capital

Investment

Optimised Initial CAPEX from

Developers by zoning and

differential land development costs

Minimum CAPEX from DevelopersFocus on Built environment, built to suit

spaces and placemaking

Time to kick-

start operation

upto 18-24 months to start

operationsupto 18-24 months to start operations upto 18-24 months to start operations

Human

ResourceLocally available Increasingly available on site and vicinity Locally available

Skilled

ManpowerUniversity, R&D Kick start

Available, locally and transitting from

Hyderabad, Residents in HPC

Available on site, and transitting from

Hyderabad, Residents in HPC

PARAMETER






2.11 INDUSTRIAL CATEGORISATION

For meaningful and sustainable industrial development in the proposed

HPC Complex, industries have been categorized under four categories:

API Bulk drug manufacturing would primarily be the red category

Formulation and allied R&D would largely be the orange sector

Non- polluting industries would be the green industry sector

The hybrid category is a composite function of both red and

orange type manufacturing

An extensive R&D zone which serves CROs, CRAMs, CMOs are planned to accommodate essential red category labs.

2.12 SITE OWNERSHIP

Land Ownership: The total land area covered by the proposed

Hyderabad Pharma City Site is 19333.20 acres (7823.87 ha./ 78.23

sq.km). This includes 52.80% of privately owned lands and 46.11% of

government lands as shown in the following table. Around 0.57% of the

total land (110 acres) is covered by water bodies. TSIIC is in possession

of 6,650 acres of land and the balance land is under

acquisition/alienation.

2.13 CONCEPT OF DEVELOPMENT

Development concept of HPC is based on varies aspect including the

following:

Physical Aspects

Plotting: Regular plots, sized up to 30 Ac for small, 15-30 Ac medium, up to

50 Ac are large. Plots upto 250 Ac were studied specifically for anchor

tenants.

Connectivity: Industrial set ups perform the best when there is a robust

connectivity to and from major urban and industrial hubs. The reachability

highly affects the Global visibility of an industrial growth.

Importance of Cluster: Clustering associated industries and functions result

in an efficient industrial ecosystem and allow for equal distribution of

resources and adequate sharing of infrastructure.

Centralized Infrastructure: Centralizing the infrastructure and specialized

services reduce redundancy and makes way for a sustainable business

model, both economically and ecologically.

Integrating Research & Education with Manufacturing: Precedents show a

significant move towards innovation, clinical and pre-clinical research and

development, and a boost in Start ups.

Environmental Aspects






Topography: Site analysis shows that zones 1 & 5 are sloped up to

110 while the level difference ranges from 30m-60m making it

suitable only for developing smaller plots. Zones 2, 4 and 6 are

comparatively leveled surface. Southern edge of zone-3 is undulating

and small plots can be developed.

Solar Analysis: Among all the zones, Zones 3 and 4 are suitable for

potential solar energy harnessing due to their higher altitude.

Wind analysis: Wind analysis for the months May to September show

the prevalent wind direction East to West. In the months of October

to April, the prevalent direction is from North West to South East.

The critical aspect of disaster mitigation needs to account for the

prevalent wind directions.

Economic Aspects

Segments: Major segments of pharmaceutical industry are product

manufacturing, research & development, new frontiers -

diversification of portfolios, entering into contract manufacturing and

contract researches; focusing majorly on exports.

Cluster identification - The pharmaceutical industry can be classified

broadly into core, allied and support. The industries identified in

each segment, in addition, the symbiotic industries will form the

overall product mix for the project.

New trends in core segment: Biologics have gained significant

traction in the global as well in Indian pharmaceutical industry.

There is an increasing shift towards drug discovery, New Drug

Entities, R&D, including startups.

The proposed concept Master Plan for Hyderabad Pharma City is

presented in Figure – 2.4.






FIGURE –2.4: CONCEPTUAL MASTER PLAN






2.14 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES IN THE PROPOSED

HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY

The following are some of the infrastructure facilities that are proposed

to be developed in the proposed Pharma City.

Approach roads and internal roads with storm water drains

Power supply and street lighting

Water Supply

ZLD based CETP

STP

Technical training center/ R&D Center, logistics and warehousing Waste to energy plant, District heating, district cooling, University,

transit hubs, Solar Park, Command centre for ICT-IOT based monitoring and Environmental monitoring

Common Facilities such as banks, post offices, telephone exchange

and dispensaries etc.

Power sub stations

Health Care facilities

Housing Facilities

Recreation facilities

Security Services

2.15 SITE DEVELOPMENT

The proposed Pharma City site is a green field site with some

agricultural pockets, scrub land and scattered rocky areas. As a first

step of this development this piece of land would be dressed, make free

of existing vegetation, leveled as per need for accommodating the

proposed developments.

As per the guidelines for integrated industrial areas, 0 to 11° slope is

buildable. Around 95% of the proposed site has a slope between 0 & 11°

and is thus buildable. In the 95% buildable area, major portion have a

slope between 0 & 2° of which 30-40% are boulders, rest are recognized

as flat terrain

Due to undulating nature of the site, the cut and fill will be optimized to

100% and potentially be a zero disposal system. Smaller rocks will be

converted into construction materials at sites, which can be used locally

as stone walls, building finish and laying of roads and earthworks to






create sustainable developments. Plots with Land use categories

requiring larger floor areas are positioned in relatively leveled surface

region of the site, while the higher slopes hold functions suitable on

smaller plot sizes. The most undulating part of the site has been allotted

for social infrastructure, university, to encourage innovative architecture

using locally available and indigenous materials. Rocky terrain with

unique stone forms and large boulders to be enhanced as community

spaces, amenity centers and rock gardens. Attempts have been made to

optimal usage of non-buildable areas as community spaces.

All mature trees at site will be preserved, or mandatory transplantation

of the same on site will be made, if required.

2.16 EXPECTED TYPE OF INDUSTRIES

Type of Industries

Manufacturing of the following products will be undertaken in

Hyderabad Pharma City NIMZ:

Antibiotics such as penicillin, Streptomycin, tetracyclines,

fluoroquinolones and anti-fungals

Fermentation products such as penicillins, cephalosporins and

marcolides and many other intermediates

Synthetic drugs, including sulfa drugs, antituberculosis drugs,

antileprotic drugs, analgesics, anesthetics, and anti-malarials

Chemical synthesis-based APls or Intermediates such as

paracetamol, metformin, ibuprofen, quinolones etc

Vitamins

Drugs of vegetable origin such as quinine, strychnine and brucine

Vaccines

Intermediates

Drug Formulations

Nutraceuticals

Herbal medicinal products

Speciality Chemicals

HPC shall accommodate ancillary units of the pharma industry such as

manufacture of packaging, components/machinery, solvents,

pharmaceutical excipients such as anit-adherents, binders, coatings,

disintegrants, fillers etc.






2.17 SITE CONTOUR

The topography of the overall site is observed to be undulating with

slopes ranging from 0o to 30o based on the Digital Elevation Model

(DEM).

Zone 1: Majority of the zone is slightly undulated with 81.45% of

the area sloped under 2.5o, and a few areas in the zone with

varying slope.

Zone 2: 74.54% of the area in zone 2 sloped under 2.5o, with few

areas gently sloped between 2.51 to 5.50o.

Zone 3: This zone is highly undulated with only 51.69% of the

area falling under 2.50o. The southernmost part of the zone along

the edge of the site is challenging in terms of constructability due

to its surface conditions.

Zone 4: Similar to zone 2 with 70.45% of area sloped under 2.5o

and the rest of the area with gentle slope.

Zone 5: This zone is sloped similar to zone 3 with high

undulations.

Zone 6: Gently sloped similar to zones 2 and 4 with 74.07% under

2.5o slope.

2.18 POWER REQUIREMENT

Development of HPC majorly comprises of Industrial, Commercial &

residential land uses. The utilities shall be considered to cater the

demand of power, water etc.

The primary objective is to provide the state of art technology in

Hyderabad Pharma City and to provide uninterrupted power supply to

HPC. Since Pharma industries are 3 shift non-stop processing

industries, all the strategies have been evolved for the same. As per

Master Plan there are six zones, further for Power Transmission and

Distribution only four zones has been considered, Zone 4, Zone 5 and 6

of Master Plan has been merged and unified as one zone, since the

power requirement as per land use pattern and Built Up Area (BUA)

power requirement in these zones are low as compared to other zone.

Therefore, for 4 zones four GIS substation (Each zone have its GIS

substation) (220/132/33kV) are proposed to be developed to cater to the






power demand of HPC. GIS substation has been proposed in order to

eliminate the live wire system.

250 MW Gas fuelled engine coupled cogeneration (power & cooling) plant

has been proposed to reduce the power demand and HVAC cooling

loads. Modular and scalable Gas based co generation plant has been

proposed. Each unit capacity is 10 MW. ¼ of the plant capacity load will

be used as cooling load by utilizing the waste heat, which will be

connected to the nearby district cooling plant supply line.

Apart from this, 180 MW Solar PV for phase-1 and 435 MW solar PV for

ultimate phase are proposed to be installed.

Besides, a waste to energy plant has also been proposed for the dual

benefit of reduction of municipal solid waste to be sent to landfill and

production of useful electrical energy. Municipal solid waste, to be

generated in HPC will be about 164 TPD, which will generate 3 MW

electrical power.

The Power Demand for the Proposed Hyderabad Pharma City at Ultimate

Phase is 985 MW including 280 MW for Zone 1, 250 MW for Zone 2, 240

MW for Zone 3 and 215 MW for Zones 4, 5 & 6.Indicative breakup of

power demand for different uses is present below:

Land use Indicative Power Demand in MW

Industrial Zone 650

Residential Zone 49

Commercial & Others 236

Health Care 10

Pharma University 10

Institutional 20

Utilities 10

Total Power Demand 985

2.19 WATER

Provision of safe and adequate water is a basic necessity for any

industrial city and for the healthy living of the human population

residing in it. In the HPC, pharma industries will be established, which

are mostly water intensive and hence sufficient water will be needed in






the industries. Provision of adequate and sustainable water supply is

essential to attract pharma industries to HPC..

Construction Phase Water Requirement of HPC

Initially 8,283 acres of project area will be developed in phase 1. But, the

entire phase 1 area will not be developed simultaneously. The

development will happen zone wise as per the requirement/demand.

The implementation of industrial zone development is expected to be

completed within 3-4 years and the water requirement during

construction phase is about 5 MLD.

Water Demand during Operation Phase

Total water demand of HPC has been derived for Ultimate Phase

development based on projected population of HPC and norms of water

demand assessment. The total projected population of HPC in the

ultimate phase is 870,578, which includes population of 552,518 in

industrial area, 294,060 in non-industrial area and 24000 in proposed

pharma university. For calculating total water demand of HPC, water

demand in industrial and Non - industrial areas are derived separately

and combined. The following are the components of water demand in

non- industrial and industrial areas of HPC:

Non Industrial Area:

Water demand in residential areas of HPC

Water Demand in the proposed Pharma university

Water demand in commercial areas such as hotels, shops,

hospitals, offices, schools, logistic areas, etc.

Industrial Areas:

Manufacturing process demand

Water demand for employees within industries

HVAC Water Demand

Landscaping water demand

Water demand for captive power plant

Water demand for solar panel washing






Water Demand Assessment during Operation

Water demand in Non-Industrial and Industrial areas of HPC has been

calculated. Summary of the calculations for non-industrial and

industrial area are shown in Tables 2.5 and 2.6 respectively.

Table- 2.5: Summary of Water Demand Assessment for Non-Industrial Areas

Components of Water Demand Total Water Demand in Ultimate Phase (MLD)

Residential areas

for Consumption 26.47

for Flushing 13.23

Commercial areas


for Flushing 0.81

Institutional areas


for Flushing 0.78

Public and Semi Public Offices


for Flushing 3.88

Healthcare facilities


for Flushing 0.49

Hotel & Entertainment


for Flushing 0.97

Pharma University


for Flushing 0.36

Logistic Hub


for Flushing 0.75

Multi Model Transit Hub


for Flushing 0.20

Total 67.45

Table- 2.6 : Summary of Water Demand Assessment in Industrial Areas

Sl. Components of Water Demand Water Demand in Ultimate






No. Phase(MLD)

1. Water Demand for Employees in

Industries


for Flushing 7.46

2 Manufacturing Process Demand 77.91

3 HVAC Demand 33.81

4 Landscaping Water Demand 44.21

5 Water Demand for Solar Panel

Washing 0.43

6 Water for Captive Power Plant 2.00

Total 180.46

The non-industrial and industrial water demand as derived are

combined to obtain the total water demand. The combined or total water

demand in the HPC is shown in Table – 2.7.

Table – 2.7: Details of Total Water Demand in HPC

Land Use Type Total Water Demand in Ultimate Phase (MLD)

Non Industrial Area 67.45

Industrial Area 180.46

Fire Demand 3.50

Total 251.41

It can be observed in the table above that the total water demand for

Ultimate phase is 251.41 MLD.

Assessment of Recycled Water

For efficient utilization of water resource and minimize requirement of

fresh water supply, it has been proposed that part of the total water

demand of HPC as mentioned above is met from tertiary treated waste

water from proposed domestic sewage treatment plant and common

industrial effluent treatment plants. The quantities of treated sewage

from domestic sewage treatment plant are calculated on the assumption

that 80% of the water supplied will become sewage and reach sewage

treatment plant. Treated sewage quantity will be 90% of the incoming

sewage to sewage treatment plant. Again, industrial effluent generated is

considered as 60% of water consumption and 90% of industrial effluent






going to common effluent treatment plant is considered to become

treated effluent. The details of available recycled water are shown in

Table – 2.8.

Table – 2.8: Detail of Available Recycled Water

Sl.

No. Components

Quantities (MLD)

Ultimate Phase

1 Treated Waste Water from Domestic

Sewage Treatment Plant 49.32

2 Treated Waste Water from Common

Effluent Treatment Plants 59.75

Total 109.07

Derivation of Gross and Net Water Demand of HPC

The net fresh water demand of the HPC has been derived by deducting

water demand to be met from recycled water from total water demand. It

has been found that the quantity of available recycled water is sufficient

to meet flushing, HVAC, landscaping water demands. Thus, the net

water demand of HPC of the Pharma city has been derived and presented

in Table – 2.9.

Table-2.9: Derivation of Net Water Demand of HPC

Components Water Demand (MLD)

Ultimate Phase

Total Water Demand 251.41

Water Demand to be met from Recycled

Water:

1 Flushing Water Demand in Non-

Industrial Area 21.47

2

Industrial Water Demand to be

made by Recycled Water (Flushing Water Demand in Industrial Area, HVAC, Landscaping, Captive Power

Plant, Solar Pane; Washing etc.)

87.91

Total Demand to be met by Recycled

Water 109.38

Total available Recycled Water (from STP

& CETPs) 109.07

Net Water Requirement 142.34

Gross Water Demand (Considering 15% system loss)

167.46






As observed in the table above, estimated net fresh water demand of

HPC for ultimate development is 142.34 MLD. After considering 15%

transmission, distribution and other losses, gross water demand will

become 167.46 MLD. This demand will have to be fulfilled by bringing

fresh water from external water source to HPC. The water balance

diagram for HPC has been prepared for Ultimate Phase.

The water balance diagram shows gross and net water supply quantities

for HPC, quantities of domestic sewage and industrial effluent generated

and treated sewage and industrial effluent recycled. The diagram shows

the zero liquid discharge concept proposed in HPC.

Figure- 2.5: Water Mass Balance Diagram for HPC

(For Ultimate Phase)

Source of Water






Krishna Water Supply Scheme is the main identified water source for the

project. GoTS proposes to tap water for Pharma City from Phase III of the

Krishna Water Supply Scheme. As part of the Krishna Water Supply

Scheme, six Master Balancing Reservoirs of 22.5 ML capacity each are

constructed at Gunagal, from where water is proposed to be tapped for

HPC. It is located at 15 km (distance by road) to the north east of the

HPC along Nagarjunasagar Highway. A schematic diagram of alternative

sources of water supply to HPC is shown in Figure – 2.6.

In addition to Krishna Water Supply Scheme, 7 MLD water will be

available from a 70 MLD capacity water treatment plant of Mission

Bhagiratha Rural Water Supply Scheme. The treatment plant is

constructed at Mucherla, which is located about 9 km away from HPC.

Although the quantity of this available water is less in comparison to

total water demand, it will useful to start construction and functioning of

the proposed pharma city.

2.20 WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT

In the HPC, mostly two types of wastewater will be generated. It is

domestic sewage from residential, institutional and commercial areas

and industrial effluent from the Pharma industries. Sewerage system for

HPC is planned for management of both types of waste water considering

the existing topography and phase wise development. The system would

be designed for the expected waste water flows based on the projected

Figure – 2.6: Source of Water Supply to HPC






population and water allocation for domestic, industrial, commercial,

institutional purposes, etc. Domestic sewage is proposed to be treated in

a domestic sewage treatment plant. Pharmaceutical industry effluent will

be treated in several common effluent treatment plants proposed in

different zones. Domestic sewage and industrial effluent after treatment

will be recycled for flushing, irrigation for landscaping and green areas,

HVAC, road washing, flushing of sewers, etc.

2.20.1 Assessment of Generation of Domestic Sewage

Residential, institutional and commercial areas of HPC are located on

zone 1. Thus, all sources of domestic sewage generation are located in

Zone 1. The details of domestic sewage generation are shown in Table

below.

Table – 2.10: Assessment of Domestic Sewage Generation

Sl.

No. Components of Domestic Sewerage

Domestic sewage

generation in Ultimate

phase (MLD)

1. Sewerage from Residential areas 32.00

2. Sewerage from Pharma University 0.94

3. Sewerage from Commercial and

Institutional Areas 21.86

Total 54.80

As observed in the table above, the estimated domestic sewage generated

in HPC in the ultimate phase of project development is 54.80 MLD. The

Sewage Treatment Plant will be located on north east corner of Zone 1.

Also, it is proposed that the STP will be constructed in modules and its

capacity will be augmented in future.

2.20.2 Characteristics of Pharmaceutical Industrial Effluent

Characteristics of effluent from Pharmaceutical industry (which includes

API, formulation & bio-tech) vary from process to process due to variety

of products. The industry uses both organic and inorganic materials as

raw materials. Some of the pharmaceutical plants produces

concentrated liquid waste, while some other discharge highly alkaline

and toxic liquid wastes. These wastewaters can be segregated into three

streams. They are Low polluted wastewater (LPS), high polluted waste

water (HPS) & high toxic waste water, which needs a special pre-

treatment before joining into LPS or HPS. Effluent characteristics of a

typical pharmaceutical industry are given in Table-2.11 and Table- 2.12

respectively.






Table-2.11: Typical Characteristics of Low Polluted Waste Water (LPS)

Parameters Units Concentrations

pH

6.5-8.5

Temperature 0C Ambient

TDS mg/l <5000

COD mg/l <15000

BOD mg/l <6500

Oil & grease mg/l <20

Ammonical Nitrogen(as N) mg/l <50

TSS mg/l <600

particulate size of suspended

solids mm <50

Total Residual Chlorine mg/l Nil

Arsenic(as As) mg/l 0.2

Mercury(as Hg) mg/l 0.01

Lead(as Pb) mg/l 1

Cadimum(as Cd) mg/l Nil

Hexavalent chromium max mg/l 2

Total Chromium(as Cr) max mg/l 2

Copper(as Cu) mg/l Nil

Zinc(as Zn) mg/l 15

Selenium(as Se) mg/l Nil

Nickel(as Ni) mg/l 3

Cyanide(as CN-) Max mg/l 0.2

Table-2.12: Typical Characteristics of High Polluted Waste Water (HPS)

Parameters Units Concentrations

pH

6.5-8.5

Temperature 0C Ambient

TDS mg/l 80000 (Average)

COD mg/l <50000

BOD mg/l <25000

Oil & grease mg/l <20

Ammonical Nitrogen(as N) mg/l <50

TSS mg/l <600

particulate size of suspended

solids mm <50

Total Residual Chlorine mg/l Nil

Arsenic(as As) mg/l Nil






Mercury(as Hg) mg/l Nil

Lead(as Pb) mg/l Nil

Cadimum(as Cd) mg/l Nil

Hexavalent chromium max mg/l 2

Total Chromium(as Cr) max mg/l 2

Copper(as Cu) mg/l Nil

Zinc(as Zn) mg/l Nil

Selenium(as Se) mg/l Nil

Nickel(as Ni) mg/l Nil

Cyanide(as CN-) Max mg/l 0.2

Note: Any stream not meeting the criteria of neither LPS nor HPS will be considered

as High toxic effluents

2.20.3 Assessment of Generation of Industrial Effluent

Assessment of generation of industrial waste water in HPC has been

derived for ultimate phase. The estimated industrial wastewater from

HPC in the ultimate phase of project development is 66.22 MLD. It is to

be noted that, waste water generated due to water consumption by

industrial employees within the industries will also be added in the

waste water steams. The details of assessment of industrial effluent are

shown in Table- 2.13.

Table – 2.13: Assessment of Generation of Industrial Effluent

Sl. No. Components of Water

Consumption

Water demand in

Ultimate Phase (MLD)

Quantities of effluent

Generation in

Ultimate Phase

1. Manufacturing process

demand. 77.91 46.75

2.

HVAC Demand -- 1.69

3. Water from Captive Power Plant

-- 0.1

4

Water Consumption by

Industrial employees

including water for flushing

22.10 17.68

Total 100.01 66.22

2.20.4Proposed Waste Water Management and Recycling System

i) Proposed Sewerage Zones






As per the zoning plan all the six zones have been considered for

wastewater system planning and design. The detail of zones with respect

to the ground level is explained below.

Zone 1: The zone is located on the western part of HPC. The general

topography of the zone slopes towards north and east. The ground level

of the zone varies from 669m to 605m. The existing main road from

Kandukur to the proposed HPC passes across the zone. The zone has

several hillocks with rocky outcrops within. Residential, institutional

and commercial areas of the proposed HPC are included in the zone.

Zone 2: Zone 2 is located on the northern part of the HPC. The general

topography of the zone is towards north. There are several rocky hillocks

within the sewerage zone. The ground level of the zone varies from 666m

to 619. There are rocky hillocks located on eastern and southern part of

the zone. The main trunk road of the HPC- Spandana passes through

the north of the zone. Mostly pharmaceutical industries will be located

within the zone.

Zone 3: Zone 3 is located on the eastern part of the project area. There

are rocky hillocks on the southern boundary of the zone. General

topography of the zone is towards north. Ground level of the zone varies

from 668m to 582m. The proposed trunk road named Eastern freeway

passes across the zone. Mostly pharmaceutical industries will be located

within the zone.

Zone 4: The zone is located on the central part of the project area. Much

of the areas within the zone are hilly. But, there are levelled grounds at

higher elevation. General topography of the zone is towards north. The

ground level of the zone varies from 693 m on the south to 637m on the

north.

Zone 5: Zone 5 is located on the southern part of the project area. The

topography of the zone is undulating. The ground level varies from 698m

on the north to 610 on the south. There are rocky hillocks on the

eastern boundaries of the zone. Pharmaceutical industries are proposed

in the zone.

Zone 6: The zone is located on the southern part of the project area. The

general topography of the zone slopes towards south. The lowest

elevation on the southern part of the zone is about 531m. The zone has






a few rocky hillocks on the northern part. The zone has several villages

within it. Most pharmaceutical industries are proposed in this zone.

ii) Proposed Domestic Sewage and Industrial Effluent Collection

Network

Domestic sewage and industrial effluent collection networks are planned

along proposed roads within HPC to receive sewage from residential

areas and industrial plots and convey it up to the sewage treatment

plant and common effluent treatment plants through intermediate

sewage pumping stations (ISPS) and Terminal Sewage Pumping Stations

(TSPS). De-centralized system is proposed considering the recycling

system, topography and 6 distinct zones. Gravity sewer system will be

designed unless restricted by excessive depth of cutting due to

topography. Tertiary treated effluent from STP and common effluent

treatment plants will be recycled and reused for secondary uses like

flushing, HVAC, landscaping, etc.

For industrial effluent collection network, HDPE pipes are proposed to

be used. Separate collection networks will be laid for collecting LPS &

HPS streams. High toxic effluents will be collected through road tankers

as the quantity is very less and will be generated with less frequency.

iii) Proposed Domestic Sewage Treatment Plant and Common Effluent Treatment Plants

As a whole, one domestic sewage treatment plant and four common

effluent treatment plants are proposed in HPC. The locations and

numbers of the domestic STP and CETPs are decided based on the

following criteria:

Land use of different zones.

Topographical considerations to ensure maximum flow to the STP

and CETPs by gravity.

Recycling and reuse of treated effluent.

Zone 1 of the project area is residential and a domestic sewage treatment

plant is proposed in the zone. For Zone 2 and 3, two separate CETPs are

proposed. This is due to different topographical nature of the zones and

considerations of recycling of treated effluent. For Zone 4, a separate

CETP is proposed. Based on topographical consideration, a single CETP






is proposed for Zone 5 and 6.The Figure shows the proposed sewage

system in HPC.






The capacities of the proposed domestic sewage treatment plant and

common effluent treatment plants are mentioned in the Table.

Table- 2.14: Capacities of Proposed STP and CETPs

Sl. No. Location of STP / CETP Capacity for Ultimate Phase

Requirement (MLD)

1. Domestic STP 54.80

2. CETP for Zone 2 22.76



5. CETP for zone 5 and 6 13.89

Figure- 2.7 :

Proposed

Wastewaster

Management System

in HPC






2.20.5Proposed Domestic Sewage Treatment Process

Membrane Bio Reactor (MBR) treatment process consistently produces

the most superior quality treated effluent and meets the required

standards for identified end uses for recycled water, even without

providing tertiary treatment. For all other treatment processes, the

effluent water quality after secondary treatment does not meet required

standards for intended end use and will require tertiary treatment. This

will result in much higher operating cost for achieving the desired water

quality. SBR treated water quality after secondary treatment does not

achieve the desired water quality levels and therefore, the SBR system

will also need to be followed by a tertiary filtration system. Without this

tertiary treatment, the water will not be reusable for the intended

purposes. MBR treatment process does not require tertiary filtration,

polymer addition, or any further treatment processes to provide excellent

quality effluent which can be reused directly. Due to above reason,

Membrane Bio Reactor treatment process has been proposed for the

domestic sewage treatment plant. MBR is a two-step treatment process

that includes:

A bioreactor- where aerobic bacteria acts on the organic matter

with the presence of dissolved oxygen.

A membrane filtration module based on Ultra filtration (UF) which

separates the biomass and bacteria from water.

In Membrane Bio Reactor (MBR) system, through the use of a permeate

pump, vacuum is applied to a header connected to the membranes. The

vacuum draws the treated water through the membranes. Airflow is

introduced to the bottom of the membrane module, producing

turbulence that scours the external surface of the membranes. The

scouring action transfers the rejected solids away from the membrane

surface. Sludge is wasted directly from the system at solid concentration

of 0.8 to 1.0 percent solids. In addition to membrane modules,

equipment such as permeate pumps, back pulse pumps, air blowers,

PLC system and chemical cleaning system and storage etc., are usually

provided. There is no need of secondary clarifiers or polishing filters. A

schematic diagram of MBR process is shown in Figure-.






Figure-2.8: Schematic Diagram of MBR Process

2.20.6Proposed Industrial Effluent Treatment Process

Pharmaceutical industry produces effluent having high concentration of

organic matter and salts. The high COD values and refractory nature of

some organic compounds present are characteristics of pharmaceutical

effluent. The COD value can vary considerably from as low as 100ppm

up to 100,000ppm with some even more than that. The wastewater

usually contains chemical compounds with varying degree of organic

composition along with suspended solid materials.

Based on the characteristics, the generated wastewater can be

segregated into three streams viz. low polluted, high polluted and high

toxic wastewater stream. Based on the case studies of Pharma

industries, percentage of each stream generated to total wastewater are

mentioned in Table- 2.15.

Table- 2.15: Wastewater Generation Ratio of Different Waste Streams

Sl. No. Waste Water Generation Ratio Based on characteristics

1. Low polluted waste water 30-40%

2. High polluted waste water 60-70%

3. High toxic effluents 2-3%

Common Effluent Treatment Plants are proposed for the treatment of

wastewater in HPC preceded by minimum treatment carried out within

the premises of each individual industry. In the common effluent

treatment plants, it is proposed to have a separate treatment scheme for






each type of wastewater stream generated to achieve a sustainable Zero

Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

Zero Liquid discharge refers to installation of facilities and system which

will enable industrial effluent for absolute recycling of permeate and

converting solute (dissolved organic and inorganic compounds/salts)

into residue in the solid form by adopting method of concentration and

thermal evaporation. ZLD is recognised and certified based on two broad

parameters that is, water consumption versus wastewater reused or

recycled and corresponding solids recovered (percent total dissolved

/suspended solids in effluent).

A typical ZLD system for Pharmaceutical wastewater comprises of

Physical & Chemical Treatment, Biological treatment and a range of

advanced wastewater treatment technologies such as reverse osmosis

(Membrane Technology), evaporator & crystallizer etc. The treated

wastewater is not permitted to be discharge outside the industry

premises or CETP boundary. The proposed treatment scheme will treat

effluent upto an extent that it can be reused for purposes such as

washing of floors, flushing, HVAC water demand, landscaping etc.

Installing ZLD technology is useful as it promotes recycling of treated

waste water. The capital and operating cost of ZLD system are high. This

can be justified by high recovery of wastewater, salt and most

importantly the protection of environment.

For treatment of effluent within the premises of industries before

discharge to collection network, pH adjustment followed by

sedimentation & equalization tanks (1W + 1S) with 24hrs retention time

has been proposed. A typical flow chart is shown in Figure –2.9.






Figure –2.9: Flow Diagram of Treatment Process within Pharma Industry Premises

The waste water streams of the individual industries will be conveyed to

common effluent treatment plants for further treatment and a typical

flow chart of the treatment process of proposed common effluent

treatment plants is shown in Figure –2.9. A brief description of

treatment systems is also given below.

High Polluted Wastewater Treatment Process

The treatment process proposed for the treatment of high polluted

wastewater stream includes physical & chemical treatment, stripping of

VOC and evaporation in Multi Effect Evaporator (MEE). The condensate

generated from MEE operation, will be sent to Low pollution stream for

biological treatment followed by tertiary treatment through Reverse

Osmosis (RO).

The wastewater received at CETP, which has already received primary

treatment at individual industry level, will be collected in a tank. From

collection tank, wastewater will be pumped to oil and grease removal

chamber followed by pH correction. The wastewater contains colloidal

particle and the removal of these particles can be achieved by

coagulation, flocculation followed by sedimentation to remove suspended

solid to maximum extent. The clarified wastewater then passes through






filter press to trap suspended solids which escape settling in

sedimentation tank. The effluent will be collected in equalization tank/

stripper feed tank with a minimum retention time of 24 hrs for preparing

the uniform feed for further processing.

In pharma industries, many varieties of solvents are used. It contains

considerable amount of volatiles. To remove the volatile to a maximum

extent, the equalized feed will pass through a stripping column. Stripper

distillate will be collected separately and will be disposed off either

through incinerator or to be processed through solvent recovery plant,

which will be a part of the proposed integrated solid waste management

plant. After the stripping column, the treated water will pass through

thermal evaporation system, where salts will be concentrated along with

high boiler components and water will be evaporated. For best efficiency

& steam economy, Multiple Effect Evaporator (MEE) will be installed.

The efficiency of 1:4.2 (i.e. each ton of steam can evaporate 4.2 ton of

water) or even more can be achieved by MEE. Evaporated water will be

further condensed with cooling water. The condensate water containing

organic impurities will be further treated by biological treatment, which

is a part of LPS treatment system. The concentrates will be evaporated

and dried to separate the salts. Final salts will be disposed in secured

land fill.

Low Polluted Waste Water Treatment Process

The scheme selected for the treatment of Low polluted wastewater

stream includes physical & chemical treatment, two stage biological

treatment (ASP and membrane bioreactor activated sludge process)

followed by tertiary treatment through Reverse Osmosis (RO).

The wastewater received at CETP, which has already received primary

treatment at individual industry level, will be collected in a tank. From

collection tank, the wastewater will be pumped to oil and grease removal

chamber followed by pH correction. The wastewater contains colloidal

particle and the removal of these particles can be achieved by

coagulation, flocculation followed by sedimentation to remove suspended

solid to maximum extent. The clarified wastewater will be collected in

equalization tank. At this stage, the evaporator condensate stream from

HPS treatment scheme will join into LPS for further treatment. Two stage

biological treatment processes are proposed to treat wastewater after

equalization.






In the 1ststage biological treatment process, the wastewater will be

treated through activated sludge process for nitrogen and phosphorus

removal. The modified UCT (University of Cape Town) process is

proposed for 1st stage biological treatment and shown in Figure-2.10

below. The wastewater will enter into anaerobic zone followed by two

Anoxic reactors. The waste water enters into aeration tank from anoxic

reactor-2, followed by separation and settling of activated sludge in

secondary clarifier. The settled activated sludge which contains

phosphorus is returned to an anoxic tank -1 that does not receive

internal nitrate recycle flow. The nitrate is reduced in this anoxic tank

No. 1 and the mixed liquor from the Anoxic tank No.1 is recycled to the

anaerobic tank. The second anoxic tank follows the first anoxic tank and

receives internal nitrate recycle flow from the aeration tank to provide

the major portion of nitrate removal for the process. The excess sludge

containing phosphorus is removed and sent to sludge dewatering unit.

The treated wastewater is collected in a tank.

Figure- 2.10 : Modified UCT Process for First Stage Biological Treatment

in CETP






In the 2ndstage biological treatment process, the treatment of wastewater

is achieved with suspended growth activated sludge system (Bioreactor)

integrated with an ultra filtration membrane (UF) membrane system.

The treated wastewater from 1st stage biological treatment is fed at a

controlled rate to microorganism in the bioreactor which aerobically

degrades the waste to carbon dioxide, water, chemical intermediates and

biological solids (microorganism). A blower drives air into the bioreactor

through fine bubble diffuser in the bottom of the bioreactor. Liquid from

the bioreactor is fed to a series of UF tubes which filters the biological

solids, colloidal particles, turbidity from the ‘clean water”. The

concentrated biological solids are returned back to the bioreactor.

After membrane filtration, the treated waste water will be stored for

further purification before reuse. Major parameters like COD, BOD,

ammonical nitrogen, etc. will be brought down to a minimum level with

two stage biological treatments.

A reverse osmosis (RO) filtration system will be placed for purifying the

treated water to achieve the recyclable standard. This is a two stage

plant, which is a combination of medium & high pressure RO’s. At this

stage, 75-80% of water will be recovered and further this recovered water

will pass through a refining system before sending for re-use. The

concentrates from RO will contain a refractory COD and TDS. This water

will be evaporated in a waste heat evaporator. Condensates from this

evaporator will contain negligible contaminants and this water will be

directly mixed with RO permeate before refining system further to re-

use. Concentrate will be disposed through drier.

High Toxic Waste Water Treatment System

Apart from above streams, there will be other stream, which is a

high toxic wastewater. This is the wastewater, which contain high

cyanide/ chromium / heavy metals/ acidic/ alkali, etc. These

streams will be generated in small quantities. There will be special

treatment for this streams of waste water before transferring to low

or high polluting streams.

It is to be noted that proposed common effluent treatment plants

will be constructed by contractor either in EPC or PPP mode.

Required characteristics of treated effluent will be specified in the

bidding document for conformance. The selected contractor will






propose the appropriate treatment process to meet the specified

treated effluent characteristics.

Recycling of Treated Effluent

At each CETP, separate storage will be provided for storage of treated

water for distribution to member industries and residential areas. At

least one day storage will be provided. At each CETP location, a guard

pond will be provided to store unutilized treated sewage, when required.

2.21 STORM WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM

Existing Storm Water Drainage System in Project Area

At present, the project area is occupied by barren land, agricultural land

and some small human habitations. The existing storm water drainage

system in the project area consists of natural drains in different

watersheds leading to existing water bodies within and outside the

project area. There are a few water bodies in the project area. The total

extent area of such water bodies is about 1 % of the total project area.

The water bodies get filled up during monsoon season and dries up

during winter and summer season. There is a large water body located

outside the southern boundary the HPC project area near Charikonda

village. It has a total spread of around 340 acres. Part of storm water of

Zone 6 and Zone 3 of the project site drains towards this water body.

There is also a natural drain in Zone 1 flowing outwards toward the

Mirkhanpet village. There is no river running through or close to the

HPC project site.

The average annual rainfall in the project area is about 800mm, and the

terrain of the project area is mostly sloping towards the water bodies.

Therefore, there is a good possibility of integrating these water bodies

into the drainage system.

Based on the natural topography, whole HPC area has been sub divided

into 17 catchments. It has been observed that storm water from

catchment number 1, 2 and 3 drains through a large existing natural

channel.

It has also been observed that, storm water from catchment numbers

11, 12, 15, 16 and 17 flows out of the site in south direction and

culminates into a large water body near Charikonda village. Storm water

from the other catchments drains into local depressions. Besides the






runoff generated within the site, HPC area also receives water from the

adjoining high altitude areas.

Proposed Storm Water Drainage System

It has been proposed that each of the catchment areas of HPC will have

a storm water drainage system consisting of primary drains, secondary

and tertiary drains. The catchment areas and the primary drains in the

catchment areas are shown in Figure-2.12. The disposal points of the

primary drains are existing water bodies and natural drains within and

outside the project area.

To cater the water ingress from adjoining high altitude areas cut-off

drains will be proposed.

An important concept of planning and designing of the proposed

drainage system is the integration of existing water bodies. This will

ensure the following:

Diversion of the storm water to the water bodies to the maximum

extent.

Develop the water bodies as the detention and retention basins.

Interconnecting the water bodies with each other to the maximum

possible extent.






Figure – 2.11 : Proposed Storm Water Drainage (Primary Drains)

2.22 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT

Mainly, two types of solid wastes will be generated within HPC. These are

domestic solid waste generated within the zone 1 and industrial solid

waste generated by the industries in other zones. Some amount of

domestic solid waste will be generated by workers of the industries. The

industrial solid waste will contain hazardous wastes. It is essential that,

all types of solid wastes are treated and disposed safely as the prescribed

norms of Central Pollution Control Board and Telangana State Pollution

Control Board.

2.22.1 Assessment of Generation of Solid Waste

Total municipal solid waste (MSW) generation in HPC in ultimate phase

has been estimated at about 164 TPD as shown in Table. Standard

waste generation rate of 0.4 kg/cap/day for residential area and 0.05

kg/cap/day for commercial area and institutional area has been

considered for assessment of solid waste generation. Also, a solid waste

generation rate of 0.05 kg/cap/day has been considered for the

industrial workers.






Table- 2.16: Details of MSW Generation in HPC in Ultimate Phase

Population Type Population Per Capita Solid Waste

Generation

Solid waste

generation in TPD

Residential 294060 400 g per capita per day 117.62

Pharma University 24000 50 g per capita per day 1.2

Commercial

&Institutional areas 446484 50 g per capita per day 22.32

Industrial Workers 460432 50 g per capita per day 23.02

Total 164

Based on Final Report Submitted by Centre for Environment &

Development, Green Origin Ventures Pvt. Ltd. and Lahmeyer GKW

Consult GmbH “Inventorisation and Characterization of Hazardous

Waste Categories in Andhra Pradesh and Telangana (Contract no: 1A1.1

of the World Bank funded CBIPMP, APPCB)”, expected industrial solid

waste from HPC would be in the order of 1.5 lakh TPA. The composition

of Hazardous Waste (HW) includes recyclable portion (30%-40%), land

disposable portion (50%-60%) and Incinerable portion (5%-10%).

Proposed Solid Waste Management System

Collection and Transportation of Solid Waste:

In residential zone of HPC, municipal solid waste will be stored in

garbage bins to be placed at suitable locations. Solid waste collected in

garbage bins will be transported by mechanized vehicles to solid waste

treatment plant. In industrial zones, solid waste from each industry

would be collected by mechanized vehicles.

Disposal and Treatment of Solid Waste:

For disposal and treatment of collected solid wastes, an integrated solid

waste treatment facility is proposed with components such as

treatment/stabilization, recycling facility, sanitary and hazardous waste

landfill, incinerator and waste to energy facility. Treatment of different

types of solid wastes generated in HPC is explained below:

Municipal Solid Waste

As per general composition of municipal solid waste, 35% of total waste

of HPC will be biodegradable waste. For the HPC, composting and waste

to energy plants are proposed separately. In this, there will be a series of

segregation methods proposed to recover recyclable wastes like paper,

plastic, glass, metal, etc., which will be 20-30% of total solid waste.






These recyclable wastes shall be processed further before sending to

recyclers as RDF or as raw material for other industries. Subsequent to

this, organic portion of the solid waste will go through a composting

process. Rejects from composting and from segregation section will go to

waste to energy furnace unit. Ashes and remaining inert waste like silt

shall be sent to landfill facility. A process flow diagram for management

of MSW is shown in Figure – 2.1.

Figure – 2.12: Flow Diagram of MSW Treatment Process

Non Hazardous Industrial Waste

The non-hazardous industrial waste consists of both recyclable and non-

recyclable waste. The non- recyclable waste includes biodegradable

waste and inert waste. The biodegradable waste can be mixed up with

MSW. The inert waste is to be sent to landfill facility. Other recyclable

wastes like packaging material, plastic, glass, metal shall be sent to

nearest recycling facility for reuse after processing.

Hazardous Industrial Waste

The hazardous industrial wastes shall be disposed on a regular basis

into a hazardous waste disposal facility which would be developed as per

the Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rule, 1989 and waste

management is shown in Figure – 2.1.






Figure – 2.13: Flow diagram of Industrial Solid Waste Treatment Process

E-Waste

E-Waste Management shall be practiced in conformity with the e-waste

(management and handling) Rules, 2010 of Ministry of Environment and

Forests (MoEF), GoI, vide S.O. 1125 (E), dated 14th May, 2010. The e-

waste management contractor shall get registered and authorised by the

concerned authorities as per the e-waste management Rules, 2010.

Necessary approvals from State Pollution Control Board shall also be

obtained for the purpose.

Adequate area & facilities shall be provided for the purpose of e-waste

management within the proposed solid waste treatment plant. Provision

INDUSTRY

Recycleble solid waste

Solid waste for disposal

Domestic waste

TSDF security

Weighment

Sample collection

Laboratory

Advice to Not fit for direct landfill

Fit for Landfill

Fit for Incineration

Stabilization/ Solidification

Ash

Secured landfill

MSWIntigratedrecycling facility

Rejects

Recyclebles for sale






for segregation of recyclables from electronic waste shall be provided.

Such recyclables shall be sent and the inert materials, if any, shall be

safely disposed in conformity with the e-waste (management and

handling) rules, 2010. The e-waste management may be outsourced to a

registered firm considering the revenue potential from recyclable e-

waste.

Electronic waste management involves a series of activities which are

performed in a specified order. These distinct activities need to be

seamlessly integrated to create an efficient and robust electronic waste

management process. The entire process is broadly divided into the

following:

Collection, Tagging and Primary Transportation

Warehousing and Secondary Transportation

Processing Facility

The various aspects include the following components:

Collection of e-Waste from various sources

Tagging of equipment for identification, recording and reporting

purposes

Primary transportation of e-Waste from pick up location to nearest

warehouse

Segregation of e-Waste according to item type at the warehouse and

packaging for transportation

Secondary transportation of e-Waste from the warehouse to the

integrated facility

Reception and storage of incoming material

Testing and auditing to ascertain refurbishment potential of

incoming equipment. Such items would be moved to the

refurbishment centre

Dismantling and segregation of e-Waste into metals, plastics, non-

recyclable material and items such as Cathode Ray Tubes (CRT) and

fluorescent tubes destined for specialised recycling

Shredding and downstream separation of metals and plastics to

obtain clean fractions

Downstream sale of recovered commodities to authorized processors

Proper disposal of non-recyclable material

Other wastes like paper & plastic will be bailed before sending to

authorized dealers.






Selection of Site for Integrated Solid Waste Treatment Plant

A single SWM treatment plant site (100 acres) for HPC has been selected

near the northern boundary of zone 3 as shown in Figure –2.15.

Sanitary Landfill

Proposed sanitary landfill will be a fully engineered disposal method,

which includes spreading, compacting and covering the wasteland. The

volume of waste to be dumped in the landfill is worked out as per the

Rejects quantities specified in for active period of 25 years. The inerts to

be carted to landfill have been estimated at 30% - 25% of raw MSW. It is

proposed to operate the landfill in several distinct phases. The design life

of each phase will be for 5 years.

Figure 2.14 : Location of

Proposed Integrated Solid Waste Treatment Facility






Hazardous Waste Landfill

The volume of hazardous waste to be dumped in the landfill will be 50-

60% of total hazardous waste generated in HPC. The landfill will be

designed for an active period of 25 years. It will be constructed with

double composite liner system as shown in below Figure. It is proposed to

operate the landfill in several distinct phases (with internal bunds). The

design life of each phase will be 5 years.

Figure – 2.15 : Hazardous Waste Landfill

Incineration System

Incinerator has been proposed for combustion of waste under controlled

condition for converting them to inert material and gases. For the

incinerator, rotary Kiln Combustion system can be proposed. The system

is the most efficient processing system for the drying, volume reduction

and destruction of wastes. The rotary kiln is an inclined cylinder, which

slowly rotates along its axis. As it rotates, material in the kiln is slowly

tumbled and mixed. The mixing ensures that all the materials are

exposed to high temperature in the kiln and to the oxygen needed for

combustion. Because of its efficiency, the rotary kiln is the primary

system for the destruction of hazardous industrial wastes. It operates at a

temperature 800 50oC with provision of continuous solid and liquid

waste feeding system. The rotation of the rotary kiln can be operated with

variable frequency drive to keep the thermal destruction of waste on long

duration at high temperature for better combustion. The discharge from

Rotary Kiln shall meet the DRE at 99.99%.






Emissions

The incinerator will be designed to meet all the emission norms. This is

achieved with the flue gas treatment system with help of online stack

monitoring system.

Ash /Slag Disposal

The discharge from Rotary Kiln, Cyclone and Bag Filter with slag to be

sent to secured landfill.

Scrubber Liquid Management

The scrubber bleed is stored in process tank and to be sent to common

effluent treatment plant. In the incinerator, about 65-80% of the energy

content of the organic matter can be recovered as heat energy, which will

be will be used for producing power.

Oil Recycling Plant

Waste or used oil are termed as hazardous. Lube oil does not wear out

with use. It only gets contaminated with water, carbon and fuel etc. that

means used oil when it is ready for rejection can be re-used. Re-refining

of used oil is the best mode of disposal of used oil. Re-refining of the used

oil is the most rational and lucrative solution for the problem of disposal

of hazardous waste.

The proposed facility will have the following main components:

Pre-Treatment and filtration: The waste/ spent oil is subjected

for pre-treatment such as neutralization followed by filtration

through leaf filter / centrifuge for removal of heavy solids, metals,

carbons, dust particles.

Dehydration: The waste /spent oil after pre-treatment and removal

of solids etc. is taken for removal of moisture present in the raw

form. For this the waste oil is taken into a stirred vessel, where it is

heated to certain temperature to remove all the moisture present in

the oil.

De-Gassing: The dehydrated oil, which is free from any kind of

moisture contains light fuel oils get mixed at the source of

generation of waste /spent oil, which needs to be separated in

order to get the Base oil. Used oil contains 5-8% un-burnt fuel in it.

Distillation: It is a process where a fluid is heated above its boiling

point and turned to a vapour. The vapour passes into a condenser

and is turned back into a liquid.






Bleaching: Filter aids and various clays such as Fullers Earth are

used for oil treatment.

Color Degradation: Oil companies have put much effort into

producing light colored base stocks. Removal of unstable

compounds during the refining process usually removes the

materials that are highly colored as well.

2.23 AIR POLLUTION

Pharmaceutical industry in general is not a major air polluting

industry. The manufacturing process may generate different kinds

of gases, acidic to alkaline, in small quantities. The handling of raw

materials also can have some fugitive emissions. However, in each

unit there will be arrangement to contain these emissions, draw the

emissions into a scrubbing system. The scrubbing system can be of

different types, from packed scrubber to direct spraying of water

into the gaseous stream. The contaminated water dissolving the

gases will be led to effluent treatment plant.

The other source of air pollution will be the boilers to produce

steam, required as utility in the production process. The fuel will be

coal. The emission from burning of the fuel will be discharged

through 30 m high stack. Each boiler will have cyclone separator

and bag filter as air pollution control system to control emission

within 50 mg/Nm3. There will be proper arrangement for Stack

monitoring.

250 MW Gas fuelled engine coupled cogeneration (power & cooling)

plant will be another source of air pollution. Modular and scalable

Gas based co generation plant, with each unit capacity of 10 MW is

proposed.

Apart from this, a 3 MW waste to energy plant has also been

proposed for the dual benefit of reduction of municipal solid waste

to be sent to landfill and production of useful electrical energy,

which will also be another source of pollution.






2.24 POPULATION

The Population for the Pharma city is estimated to be 2.71 lakh in

Phase-1 , 5.09 lakh in Phase 2 and 8.79 lakh in Phase-3.

2.25 CONNECTIVITY

2.25.1 Existing Connectivity Connectivity

The Hyderabad Pharma City (HPC) can be accessed from Hyderabad via

Srisailam Highway as well as Nagarjunasagar Highway. The site falls

along the Kandukur-Yacharam Road which connects above two highways

along Kandukur and Yacharam. Following existing nationalized roads like

as National Highway (NH), State Highway (SH), Outer Ring Roads (ORR),

etc. connects proposed HPC area.

National Highway 44 (Old NH 7): HPC site lies 30 km to the east of

NH 44, which forms the North-South Corridor of NHDP.

Srisailam Highway:NH 765, erstwhile SH 5 that runs 6 km west of

Pharma City Site and connects the region to Hyderabad

Nagarjunasagar Highway:SH 19 that connects Hyderabad to

Nagarjunasagar. It runs 5 km to the east of Pharma City Site and

connects the region to Hyderabad.

Hyderabad Outer Ring Road: The ORR runs 16 km to north of HPC

in E-W direction a 158 km long, 8 lane ring road expressway

connects to various parts of Hyderabad Metropolis in circular form.

Kandukur-Yacharam Road: Connects the northern part of Site to

both Srisailam Highway and Nagarjunasagar Highway. It runs

through the HPC for a distance of 3.3 km. This road is being

planned for upgradation to 4 lanes from current single lane status

by R&B Dept.

Raviryal Exit 13 of ORR and Site: Connects northern part of Site to

Hyderabad ORR at Exit 13 near Raviryal. It forms an alternate

connectivity to HPC from ORR apart from Srisailam Highway and

Nagarjunasagar Highway.

Besides the above roads, many village roads are also connecting to the

HPC. They are:

Kadthal – Shaireddygudem – Kurumidda Road: Connects western

part of HPC to Srisailam Highway






Mirkhanpet and Tatiparti via Kurumidda: connects central part of

HPC.

Wanaparthy and Cherikonda via NakkerthaMedipally: connects

eastern part of HPC to Kandukur-Yacharam Road.

Mahisamma (Maisigandi) and Ekkuvapally: connects northern part

of HPC to the Srisailam highway.

Karkalpahad to Ekkuvapally: connects a hamlet to the south of

Karkalpahad along Srisailam Highway to Ekkuvapally.

The HPC site is well connected with Railways and Airways. It is located 30

km from Rajiv Gandhi International Airport (RGIA. The nearest railway

station is Shadnagar Railway Station, which is at distance of 43 km

towards the west. The Site is located at a distance of 650 km from Vizag

Port and Machilipatnam Port.

2.25.2 Proposed Connectivity

External Linkages

The HPC site is well accessed from Hyderabad via Srisailam National

Highway and Nagarjunasagar State Highway as shown in Figure – 2.16.

The site falls along the Kandukur-Yacharam Road which connects these

two highways along Kandukur and Yacharam. HPC Site is well connected

with the hinterland by NH 765 (Srisailam Highway) on its west, SH 19

(Nagarjuna Sagar Road) on its east. It also connects the site with Outer

Ring Road (ORR) towards the north by a proposed Road alignment (from

Raviryal to Meerkhanpet).

It has been proposed to realign the proposed Regional Ring Road (RRR) as

per HMDA’s draft Master Plan-2031 towards the south of HPC Site for

smooth logistics movement of hazardous goods and freight movement.

Further Regional Ring Road (RRR) is proposed to connect to the NH765

and SH19.

HPC can be accessed through the following major existing roads:

1. Raviryal to Meerkhanpet Road: connects northern part of HPC to

ORR.

2. Kandukur to Yacharam Road: connects HPC to NH 765 in the west

and SH 19 in the east.

3. Kadthal to Mucherla: connects NH 765 to central part of HPC.






4. Meerkhanpet to Thakkalapally: connects eastern part of HPC to

the Srisailam highway and to Kandukur-Yacharam Road.

5. Wanaparthy to Charikonda Road: connects eastern part of HPC to

Kandukur-Yacharam Road.

Proposed Road Hierarchy

For envisaging the efficient movement of traffic within the HPC site, the

urban road network has been proposed with respect to the set of road

hierarchy. The hierarchy is based on the function that the road is

expected to perform, and the type of traffic and the road users present on

the road.

Figure – 2.16: Location and Connectivity to HPC

Freeway Corridors






The following four freeway corridors have been proposed in the HPC site

which passes through various land uses to provide coherent traffic

movement.

Corridor – 1: Spandana (approx length:13.2 Km)

Corridor – 2: Eastern Freeway (approx length:12.8 Km)

Corridor – 3: Southern Freeway (approx length: 9.8 Km)

Corridor – 4: Northern Freeway (approx length: 7.1 Km)

Arterial Roads (with four lane divided carriageway)

These are the primary roads for ensuring access to the inner plots of the

HPC and also connect the freeways through interchanges. They are

expected to carry the largest volumes of traffic and longest trips within

HPC. These roads are characterized by mobility and cater to through

traffic with restricted access from carriageway to the side.

Sub Arterial Roads

This category of road follows all the functions of an arterial urban road

and is characterized by mobility, and caters to through traffic with

restricted access from carriageway to the side. Sub arterial roads provide

the connectivity to the pharma industries with the other land uses like

residential, commercial, institutions etc. It carries same traffic volumes as

the arterial roads. Due to its overlapping nature, sub arterial roads can

act as Arterials.

Peripheral Road

As the name suggests, these are proposed connector roads which

distribute the traffic from access streets to arterial and sub arterial roads.

They are characterized by mobility and access equally.

Metro

Hyderabad pharma city is well connected with both road and rail

networks. The pharma city would be connected with the proposed

Hyderabad metro Rail alignment of phase 3 via Raviryal on Outer Ring

Road.

The proposed Light Rail Transit (LRT) system can facilitate public

transportation within the HPC to cater to future needs. The alignment of

the LRT has been proposed at the median of all the three freeway

alignments. A multimodal transit hub is envisaged at the northern part of






HPC at the interchange of the proposed Hyderabad Metro alignment and

proposed LRT alignment for integration of Hyderabad metro and proposed

LRT to provide seamless transit systems for commuters.

Integration with Rail Corridor

A rail spur line is proposed from southern side of HPC to Shadnagar

railway station, which is located at a distance of 48 Km. The rail spur line

is proposed to connect with the proposed freight Terminal at Timmapur

and also with the proposed dry port at Jhadcherla. The alignment is

proposed towards the south along the RRR Realignment from Shadnagar

to Madnapur (via Amangal).

2.26 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

Considering the proposal of phase wise development of residential,

commercial area and industrial area and long distance from the central

location, two fire stations are considered at the first phase. First fire

station is planned at Zone 1, while the second fire station is planned at

zone 3. Fire station at zone 1 will be able to serve both zone 1 and 4. The

second fire station at zone 3 will be able to serve both zone 2 and 3. For

ultimate phase, one additional fire station is proposed for zone 5 and 6.

Each of the fire stations will be equipped with,

Fire Tender: 2 numbers (1W + 1S)

Adequate water storage for filling fire tender with pumping

arrangement

Training facilities for firefighting personnel

Personal protective equipment

The fire stations will have submersible pumps, pipes, fittings and valves

to fill two fire- Tenders/Bowser. Storage of fire water at fire station will be

proposed as per IS-9668.

2.27 RAW MATERIALS

Pharmaceutical Raw materials can be of majorly two types:

Starting materials / Chemical Intermediaries/ Other APIs






The Bulk drug manufacturing requires raw materials based on type of

industries and product to be developed. These raw materials are called as

either Intermediates (which are the earlier stages of actual API); or other

starting materials for API manufacturing. For API /Bulk Manufacturing

the criteria of starting materials are:

It is incorporated in new drug substance as an important

structural element

It is commercially available

It is a compound whose name, chemical structure, chemical and

physical characteristics and properties and impurity profile are well

defined in the chemical literature

It is obtained by commonly known procedures

APIs that are unknown require additional substances that work in

conjunction with the API to produce the required effect hence API is

frequently a combination of several mixtures and/or substances which

when used together cause pharmacological activity on the body. In these

situations, the API is not a single substance but the culmination of

various ingredients. By drawing these distinctions between APIs and the

drugs themselves, manufacturers are able to specialize.

The purpose of APIs according to the FDA is to cause ‘pharmacological

activity or other direct effects in the diagnosis, cure, mitigation, treatment

or prevention of disease or to affect the structure and function of the

human body. There are however certain APIs that are unknown and so

require additional substances that work in conjunction with the API to

produce the required effect hence API is frequently a combination of

several mixtures and/or substances which when used together cause

pharmacological activity on the body. In these situations, the API is not a

single substance but the culmination of various ingredients. By drawing

these distinctions between APIs and the drugs themselves, manufacturers

are able to specialize.

Industries such as Piramal have diversified into huge portfolio of

manufacruring . These include commercial manufacturing of Starting

Materials; Drug Intermediates; APIs; Finished Dosage forms.

Excipients used for Formulation manufacturing

These are the pharmaceutically inert substances which help in delivering

the active ingredient, e.g. antiadherents, binders, coatings, dis-integrants,






fillers, etc. Many large players have entered into manufacturing of API as

well as Formulations.

2.28 RESOURCE OPTIMISATION/RECYCLING AND

REUSE

The infrastructure development plan for the site shall ensure recycle

and reuse of water through a network of zero liquid discharge (ZLD)

wastewater treatment systems. The water supply source for the

project is the Krishna Water Supply Scheme that primarily supplies

water to Hyderabad city. Growing Hyderabad metropolis would

increase the urban water demand of the City, which relies entirely on

sources beyond the City. Hence, it is crucial that the Pharma City is

very prudent in the use of fresh water by employing excellent

wastewater treatment systems that recycle and reuse the treated

waste water within the site.

Existing water bodies is the site are proposed to be retained in the

Site Master Plan with the areas around it protected by green belts.

These shall be used as storm water harvesting zones and developed

into eco-friendly recreation spaces.

Power generation from the organic wastes generated from the Pharma

City shall be made.

Solar street lighting is recommended at places/zones (primarily

common areas) that are feasible for solar energy utilization within

Pharma City.

All the common amenity buildings and office blocks would be energy

efficient as per the Energy Conservation Building Code, 2007 (ECBC).

2.29 SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

The vision for Hyderabad Pharma City integrates the three key

dimensions of sustainable development – economic, social and

environmental.

Economic: The proposed Hyderabad Pharma City shall contribute

to building a strong, responsive and competitive economy by

ensuring that the emerging market demand for manufacturing in

pharma sector in Hyderabad is efficiently supplied in the project.

The project shall be developed with all integrated infrastructure






such that it meets the demand with right type of land at the right

time and at the right place. Pharma City shall have within it all the

components to support growth and innovation in pharma

manufacturing to ensure sustainable economic growth of the

Pharma City.

Social: The proposed Pharma City Township shall support a

strong, vibrant and healthy community by supplying housing

required to meet the needs of the various phases of Pharma City

development. The Township shall have a high quality built

environment with accessible local services that reflect the

community needs and support its health, social and cultural well-

being.

Environment: The Pharma City shall contribute to protecting and

enhancing the environment. As part of this, the Infrastructure

Development Plan shall ensure that natural resources are used

prudently especially fresh water by ensuring that water is recycled

and reused within the Pharma City to the maximum extent while

also ensuring efficient ground water recharge and rainwater

harvesting. Solar power, power from waste and other renewable

energy sources shall be used to the maximum feasible extent.

Provision of secondary green network for Pedestrains and Cyclists

shall be integrated into the Site Master Plan and Transport

Network to lower the carbon footprint of the project. Tertiary level

amenities shall be provided within walking/cyclable distances from

each industrial plot i.e. around 1 km/ 2-3 km. Efficient bus shuttle

services shall provided between the Township and manufacturing

zones. All the proposed common amenity buildings and office

blocks would be energy efficient. Overall, the Development Plan

shall enable to minimize waste and pollution, and mitigate and

adapt to climate change including moving to a low carbon

economy.

2.30 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Need of Rain Water Harvesting in HPC

HPC project area is water deficient with little rain fall. There is no

perennial river or streams within or near the project area. Rain water

harvesting is proposed in the project area to collect, convey and store






rain water for use from roof, land surface, rock catchment, etc. It will

give the following benefits:

Storage of rain water for use

Replenishment of ground water and rise in water table

Effective storm water management

Reduction in soil erosion

Proposed Rainwater Harvesting Strategy:

It has been observed that the project area has rocky terrain at many

locations. Hence, it is not advisable to provide deep recharge shaft or

dug well type recharge structures. Shallow recharge pits along with

storage tanks will be appropriate rain water harvesting structures.

For HPC, two types of rainwater harvesting strategies are suggested:

Harvesting system by the developer

Harvesting system by the Plot owner The strategies are explained below.

Harvesting System by the Developer

For developer, rain water harvesting structures proposed are

basically the existing earth ponds or water bodies within the project

area. There are many natural ponds within the project area. At

present, these ponds presently hold water to an extent. The main

drainage strategy proposed includes diversion proposed storm water

drains to existing water bodies. Depending on run off quantities and

existing capacities of the ponds, resizing of existing ponds has been

proposed.

Harvesting system by the Plot owner

Two types of harvesting structures are suggested for plot owner. They

are recharge pits and storage tanks. For the proposed recharge

structures, water is expected to be collected from the roof tops of the

individual building. Hence, it is suggested to install one first flush

system along with filter mechanism connected to the recharge pits or

storage tanks. The details of recharge pits and storage tanks are as

below:

Recharge Pits:

Recharge pits proposed are of approximate dimensions of 1m X 1m

X1.5m. It consists of a slotted casing pipe with coir wrapping along






with the PVC recharge bore pipe of 150mm diameter with brick walls.

250mm thick layer of pebbles and 250mm thick layer of sand will be

placed above the slotted pipe. Water from the individual plots will be

collected through the inlet and temporarily stored in these pits.

During heavy rainfall, water from the pit will overflow and pass

through the outlet given on the other side, which will be connected

directly to the road side storm water drains through the connection

chambers to be constructed at the boundary of the plot. Typical

details of a recharge pit is shown in the Figure below.

Storage Tanks:

Storage tanks suggested are of approximate dimensions of

10mX10mX4.5m. It consists of an RCC slab of 150mm thick with

brick walls. Water from the individual plots will be collected through

the inlet and temporarily stored in these storage tanks. During heavy

rainfall, water from the tanks will overflow and pass through the

outlet given on the other side, which will be connected to the road

drains directly through the connection chambers to be constructed at

the boundary of the plot. Typical details of a storage tank are shown

in the Figure below.






Treatment of Contaminated Rain Water

During the first or second rain of the monsoon season, there is

possibility that, rain water will be contaminated due to presence of

dust, oil and grease particles on the roof top of industries and within

the plot. To prevent flow of such contaminated rain water into storm

water drainage system of HPC, it is proposed that contaminated rain

water is collected in a storage tank for required treatment and disposal.

If rain water is not contaminated, the same can be bypassed to storm

water drains. The contaminated rain water will have to be treated inside

industry premises or discharged to low polluting effluent collection

network. The capacity of the contaminated rain water storage tank will

depend on rainfall, plot area of industries and runoff coefficient.

Considering a plot size of 5 acre, rainfall depth of 25mm for the first or

second rain of the season and run off coefficient 0.85, the rain fall to be

collected in the proposed contaminated rain water collection tank will

be 430 cubic meter. Hence, the size of the tank proposed is 15m x 10m

x 3m. The size is indicative only and actual size of tank in each plot will

have to be derived separately. It will be made mandatory of each plot

owner to construct such contaminated rain water storage tank.

2.31 GREEN BELT






Green spaces are integrated into the Site Master Plan based on the

needs of that particular landuse/area/zone. The green spaces shall be

developed with plant species that serve the specific purpose identified for

each green area.

Green Area in Processing Area: Green belts are proposed all along the

Site boundary and around the existing water bodies. Open green lung

spaces shall be developed within the site.

Green Areas in Non Processing Area: Parks and open spaces, sports

centre and playgrounds are proposed under green areas in the

Township.

HPC authority will develop greenbelt on 15% of the total land. Individual

units, during their development stage will develop green belt in 18% of

their plot area.

Green belt will be developed all along the periphery of the HPC site.

Width of such green belt will vary between 15 m and 60 m depending on

availability of space and need for such green belt.

2.32 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT

Existing settlements have largely been excluded from the delineated

boundary of the project. However, there are two settlements within the

southern part of the site. These two settlements are proposed to be

retained and integrated within the Pharma City with adequate buffers

and circulation/access..

Government of Telangana introduced the Right to Fair Compensation

and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement

(Telangana Amendment) Act. The act had received the President’s assent

in May 2017 and was notified by the Union Home Ministry.

Subsequently, Government of Telangana issued notification bringing the

act in to force. The acquisition of balance lands is under process post

the issue of notification by the Government.

2.33 PROJECT COST






As per the initial estimate, the total project cost for Infrastructure

development stands at Rs. 5157.76 Crores. This cost does not include

the cost for Land acquisition.

2.34 PROJECT SCHEDULE

The timeline for development is conceived as 30 years with time span

from 2018 to 2047. The timeline for Infrastructure development is

assumed to be 27 years considering the fact that the effective positioning

Infrastructure is prerequisite for Integrated Industrial Ecosystem.





Baseline Environmental Scenario Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad .

CHAPTER-3.0 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL

SCENARIO

3.1 GENERAL

LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE

Telangana State Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited

(TSIIC), a 100% undertaking of the Government of Telangana State

(GoTS), in order to provide an impetus to the pharma industry in


environment for expansion units of existing pharma companies as well as

to attract new investments in manufacturing and allied segments of


develop a PHARMA CITY near Hyderabad, a mega pharma industrial

park. The HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY is proposed to be developed with

integrated physical, environmental, social and technical infrastructure in

an area of 19333.20 acres (7823.87 ha./ 78.23 sq.km) of land at

around 16 km to the south of Hyderabad Outer Ring Road (ORR) in

Kandukur, yacharam and kadthal Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in

the State of Telangana.

The proposed project site is located between Latitudes 16°54′1.18"N to

17°04'12.12"N and Longitudes 78°29′55.99"E to 78°39′23.74"E (Survey of

India topo sheet nos. 56 K/8, 56 K/12, 56 L/5, 56 L/9) with above

average mean sea level (AMSL) of 640 m (2100 ft).

The Location Map and the Google view point have been presented in

Figure-3.1.1 and Figure-3.1.2 respectively.

The nearest city Hyderabad which is the capital of the state is located


Railway Station is around 38 km from the project site. The Rajiv Gandhi

International Airport (RGIA) is located 21 km to the north of Pharma

City Site (32 km distance by road from site boundary) at Shamshabad.

NH 765 (Srisailam Highway) from Hyderabad ORR to Ramanuthula,

links the project Site to Hyderabad ORR and Rajiv Gandhi International

Airport. There is no river, flowing in & around the project site.






TRANSPORTATION:

The project site has proper road linkage for transport of materials and

equipments. The main connected road is National Hghway-765 (Srisailam

Highway), erstwhile SH 5 that runs 6 km west of proposed Pharma City

Site and connects the region to Hyderabad. It is a 2-lane road being

widened to 4 lanes (stretch between Site and ORR is already upgraded to

2 lanes with soulders). This Highway connects Hyderabad to Tokapelle

Road in the State of Telangana via Kalwakurthy, Srisailam and Dornala.

Another important road Nagarjunasagar Highway (SH-19) that connects

Hyderabad to Nagarjunasagar. It runs 5 km to the east of the proposed

Pharma City Site and connects the region to Hyderabad. It is an existing

2 lane road proposed for upgradation to 4 lanes. These two roads will

play an important role for the proposed project.

The single line, broad gauge railway line that connects Secunderabad to

Dhone via Kurnool runs 33 km to the west of the Site in N-S direction.

The nearest railway station to the Site is Shadnagar Railway Station. This

stretch of railways falls under the Hyderabad Division of South Central

Railway (SCR) Line Zone. A rail spur line can be taken from this line to

Pharma City to serve the logistics needs of the Project.

The Rajiv Gandhi International Airport (RGIA) is located 21 km to the

north of Pharma City Site (32 km distance by road from proposed

pharma city site boundary) at Shamshabad. The airport can be accessed

from the project Site via Srisailam Highway and ORR.

COVERAGE OF THE STUDY AREA

The EIA is aimed at determining the environmental impacts on the

"Study Area", which encompasses all areas falling within the project site

peripheral as well as 10 km distance all along the periphery from the

proposed project site boundary.

There is no eco-sensitive area like National Park / Wildlife Sanctuary /

Tiger Reserve / Elephant Reserve / Core Zone of Biosphere Reserve /

Habitat for Migratory birds etc. within the study area around the Project

site. Few Reserve Forests are situated around the project site, the list of

which is presented below:






Sl. No.

Reserved Forest Direction w.r.t the

Project Site

Distance from Project Site (approx.)

1. Gummadivelli North Abuts site boundary

2. Eliminedu North 9.5 km

3. Madhapuram Northeast 7.8 km

4. Gungal Northeast 9.3 km

5. Godkondla East 5.5 km

6. Tirgandlapalli East 8.5 km

7. Mudhivenu Southeast Abuts Site Boundary

8. Tippareddipalli South Abuts site boundary

9. Kadtal South Abuts Site Boundary

10. Ramnutla Southwest 2.5km

11. Raichettu West 6.0 km

12. Jaitaram Northwest 8.5 km

13. Tumlur Northwest 9.0 km

The major environmental disciplines studied in this EIA report include

Geology and Geo-hydrology, Land Use, Soil, Meteorology, Ambient air

Quality, Surface and Ground Water Quality, Noise, Ecology, Demography

and Socio-Economic Status.

The following chapters present the detailed discussion on the field data,

generated for soil, meteorology, water quality, air quality, noise, ecology,

and socio-economic during three months’ period (16th December, 2016

– 15th March, 2017) along with the relevant secondary data, collected

from various agencies on the relevant disciplines.

The study area which encompasses all areas falling within the project

site peripheral as well as 10 km distance all along the periphery from the

proposed project site boundary is presented in Figure-3.1.3.






FIGURE-3.1.1: SITE LOCATION MAP

SITE LOCATION: Kandukur, Yacharam and Kadthal Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in the State of Telangana

SITE CO-ORDINATES:

Latitudes: 16°54′1.18"N to 17°04'12.12"N and Longitudes: 78°29′55.99"E to 78°39′23.74"E

(Average above mean sea level (AMSL) - 640 m)






FIGURE: 3.1.2: PROJECT SITE ON GOOGLE MAP






FIGURE: 3.1.3: HPC PROJECT SITE & STUDY AREA BOUNDARY






3.2 GEOLOGY, GROUND WATER & HYDRO-GEOLOGY OF THE

STUDY AREA

3.2.1 GEOLOGY

The district is underlain by various geological formations like Archaean

granites and gneisses, Proterozoic Bhima series and the younger Deccan traps. The Archaean crystalline rocks occupy nearly three fourths of the district comprising older metamorphic rocks, peninsular gneissic

complex (migmatites) and younger intrusive rocks. Dolerite dykes are common in the area. The upper pretoerozoic sediments of Bhima group

comprising of limestones and shales occur in the western most corner of the district, NW of Kotepally. The shale beds show intercalations of limestone. The basaltic flows of the Deccan Traps cover either the Bhima

sediments or the granitoids around Vikarabad, Tandur and Parigi. The thickness of each flow varies from 15 to 20 m. Intra-trappean beds are thin and comprise conglomerates, chert and sandstone. The thickness of

infra-trappeans varies from 0.5 to 8 m and these are fossiliferous. A series of WNW – ESE trending faults are seen in the southeastern part of

the area.

Recovery of GW from different rock terrains may be seen as follows:

Depth range and yield ranges in basalts and granitic terrain

Topography: The present day landform in the Ranga Reddy district is the product of varied geological, geodynamic and geomorphic processes

such as emplacement of basement granitoids and subsequent modification of rock succession in space and time in the target zone

followed by surface weathering processes brought about by the geological agents performing under changing climatic pattern. Erosion, transportation and deposition of weathered debris redefined the

topography to its present form, represented by a broadly peneplained terrain with isolated remnant hillocks and high grounds. Varied lithology

(and thus, the varied weathering potential) of the country rocks (Grey and Pink granites, granitoids, migmatites, basic dykes) their structural elements (Faults and joints) inflict dominant control on the weathering

pattern and the resultant topography.






Distinct topographic units in the study area are as follows: Residual hills: These geomorphic forms occur as massive hills

comprising of forest areas in Kulakacherla, Manchal and in Yacharam mandals with a maximum elevation of 691m amsl. The residual hills

occur around Ghatkesar, Shamirpet and Rajendernagar mandals. The soil cover is thin and vegetation is sparse with low trees, thorny bushes and shrubs. Other forms in the area include Mesa/Butte, having flat

topped hills comprising of laterite and basalts.

Plateau (Deccan traps): This geomorphic unit is characterized by elevated uplands with steep slope and dissected by deep and narrow valleys occupied by different flows. Weathered trap basalts are the major

source of black soil in the area.

Pediment Inselberg complex: this is a gently undulating plain

abounding with a number of small hills, mounds, tors etc.

Pediplain: characterized by flat or gently sloping surface which is the end product of coalescence of several pediments at the foot of hill slopes. Pediplains are characterized by the vast area of low lying flat terrain with

gentle slopes covered by red brown and black clayey soils ranging in thickness from 20 cm to 60 cm.

Flood plain: Alluvial deposits occur along major river courses mostly

derived from catchments, transported and deposited.

3.2.2 GROUND WATER & HYDROGEOLOGY

Climate:

Climate in the study area is fairly equitable with a daily mean maximum temperature varying from a minimum of 11.6°C during the month of

December to a maximum of 40.56°C in April. The average annual rainfall of the Ranga Reddy (RR) district is 833 mm, which ranges from nil rainfall in January and December to 190 mm in July. July is the wettest

months of the year. The mean seasonal rainfall distribution is 652 mm in southwest monsoon (June-September), 114 mm in northeast monsoon (

Oct-Dec), 4 mm rainfall in Winter (Jan-Feb) and 63 mm in summer (March – May). The percentage distribution of rainfall, season-wise, is 78.3% in southwest monsoon, 13.7% in northeast monsoon, 0.5% in

winter and 7.6% in summer.






Rainfall variation over the years (updated to 2011) is given below: Geology – provide data that is relevant to HPC instead of whole Hyderabad data.

However, higher rainfall ushered in partial rise of the GWL in RR district

in recent years Drainage:

The district is drained by the river Musi. The reservoirs Osmansagar and Himayatsagar are constructed across rivers Musi and Musa respectively. These reservoirs supply drinking water to Hyderabad and Secunderabad

cities. Kagna river originates in Vikarabad mandal and drains Vikarabad and Tandur areas. All the streams are ephemeral in nature. Dendritic

pattern of drainage is seen in Kagna catchment area where granitic rocks are exposed. Trellis type of drainage is observed in Musi catchment area. The drainage density varies from 0.4 to 4.0 km/sq.km.

Irrigation:

The chief sources of irrigation in the Ranga Reddy district are tanks, wells and canals. The major irrigation projects are nil and three medium irrigation projects have been completed (Kotepallyvagu, Jutepally and

Lakhapur projects) creating registered Ayacut of 13927 acres, while 11797acres has been utilized.

Depth range vis-a-vis Yield range






GROUND WATER – AVAIABILITY & QUALITY

Fresh water is one of the basic necessities for sustenance of life. The human race has striven to locate and develop it. Water, a vital source of

life in its natural state is free from pollution but when man tampers the water body it loses its natural conditions. Ground water, a major component of freshwater has become an essential resource over the past

few decades due to the increase in its usage for drinking, irrigation and industrial uses etc. The quality of ground water is equally important as that of quantity.

This rising population density in Hyderabad megacity and suburbs

(including the present area under study: 16°54’01.18”N -17°04’12.12”N and 78°29’55.99”E-78°39’23.74”E) will continue to have an impact on the quality and quantity of local water resources, particularly on

groundwater.

Basic tenets of groundwater condition depends on many natural and anthropogenic factors, including regional and local groundwater

structure, topography, climate, soil cover, rock type(s) and other geological factors, proximity to large water bodies as well as, land use pattern, draw-down vis-à-vis groundwater recharge.

The Water Quality Index (WQI) i.e. the overall water quality (cf. Asadi et

al., 2007) in the Hyderabad megacity and suburbs is represented in the form as depicted below for understanding the exact scenario:

It may be mentioned that Water crisis is severe in the outskirts of the city

and in rural parts of Ranga Reddy district, peripheral to the study area. Already facing short supply of municipal water, these areas will soon

have to wrestle with the sinking groundwater reserves too. In all, 19 mandals of Ranga Reddy district have recorded water levels at depths of over 10 metres.






A severe decline in GWL may be observed in the diagram

3.2.3 Hydrogeology

Ground water occurs under phreatic conditions in weathered zone and under semi-confined to confined conditions in the fractured zones. The

piezometric elevations in northern part vary from 500 to 563 m AMSL with steep gradient in NE direction. In southern part, the piezometric elevation is between 470 and 520 m AMSL with gentle gradient towards

Musi River. Presently ground water is being exploited through shallow and deep bore wells with depth ranging from 100-300 m.

The existing surface water bodies are diminishing because of inconsiderate development of the city and its surroundings. Inflows into

the tanks got reduced due to inconsiderate management of Catchment areas or affected by pollution. Many water channels that used to carry floodwaters from one lake to the next in a catchment area, have also

been encroached. This has resulted in direct consequence in natural ground water recharge and its quality. As per the study by JNTU, there

is a continuous decrease in inflows in water supply reservoirs for the past 36 years, due to urbanisation though there is no change in normal rainfall pattern in these years.

During the last 4 decades there is an increase of residential area (10-44

%) and drastic reduction of vacant land (reduced to 6.81%). The area under transport and communication also increased from 6.67% to 10.87 %.The drastic changes in land use pattern resulted in altercations in

hydrological cycle and had greatly reduced the scope of natural recharge to ground

water body.

Water

conservation is practiced in very few buildings.

Discharge of untreated industrial and domestic effluents has led to the total degradation of the water quality in surface and sub-surface water bodies. The sewerage network coverage is low and the treatment






facilities are highly inadequate. Most of the untreated sewage finds its

way into water bodies resulting in poor water quality, high pollution, loss of habitat and environmental degradation. River Musi, the main source of water, gets an estimated untreated sewage of 500 ML per day.

Situation is no less worse in lakes and large reservoirs. GWL in RR District is given below for dry and wet seasons.

Water level fluctuations in Ranga Reddy District is given below:






The district is mainly dependent on ground water for its irrigation and domestic needs. Ground water development is through deep bore wells

in the non-command areas and through dug wells and shallow bores in other areas. The wells yield low during summer months. Given above is

the Mandal-wise categorization of Groundwater development status for Ranga Reddy District.

Groundwater potential in the district: The most common rock types in the district are granites, gneisses that possess negligible primary porosity but are rendered porous and

permeable due to secondary porosity by fracturing and weathering. Ground water yield also depends on rock types. Granite and gneiss are better sources of ground water along certain lineaments, of deeply

weathered and fractured zones, locally forming potential aquifers. These lineament zones are found to be highly productive for construction of

borewells. In areas underlain by hard crystalline and meta sedimentaries viz. granite, gneiss, occurrence of ground water in the fracture system has been identified down to a depth of 100m and even

upto 200m locally. In most of the granite/gneiss area, the weathered residuum serves as an effective ground water repository. It has been

noted that the fracture systems are generally hydraulically connected with the overlying weathered saturated residuum. The yield potential of the crystalline and meta sedimentary rocks shows wide variations. Bore

wells tapping the fracture systems generally yield from less than 1 lps to 10 lps. The transmissivity value of the fractured rock aquifers vary from






10 to 500 m2/day and the hydraulic conductivity varies from 0.1 to 10

m/day. The basaltic lava flows are mostly horizontal to gently dipping. Ground

water occurrence in them is controlled by the contrasting water bearing properties of different lava flows. The topography, nature and extent of

weathering, jointing and fracture pattern, thickness and depth of occurrence of vesicular basalts are the important factors which play a major role in the occurrence and movement of ground water in these

rocks. Basalts or Deccan Traps, in general, show medium to low permeabilities depending on the presence of primary and secondary

porosity. Pumping tests have shown that underfavourable conditions, bore wells yield about 3 to 6 lps at moderate drawdowns. Transmissivity values of these aquifers is generally in the range of 25 to 100m2 /day

and the hydraulic conductivity varies from 0.05 to 15m/day. Carbonate rocks in parts of Peninsular India show solution cavities

leading to widely contrasting permeability within short distances. Potential limestone aquifers yields ranging from 5 to 25 lps.

Ground Water Quality:

The fluoride levels in the ground water are considerably higher than the

permissible limit in vast areas of Telangana State, as well as in the study area. Pollution due to human and animal wastes and fertilizer application has resulted in high levels of nitrate and potassium in

ground water in some parts of the country. Ground water contamination in pockets of industrial zones is observed in localised areas. Salinization

is less probable away from coastal fringes.

Groundwater Resource and Development Scenario: Six mandals in Ranga Reddy District have been categorised as “Over-exploited” and 24 as ‘Dark’ out of 1104 mandals in the State of

Telangana.

During the past four decades, there has been a phenomenal increase in the growth of ground water abstraction structures due to

implementation of technically viable schemes for development of the resource, backed by liberal funding from institutional finance agencies, improvement in availability of electric power and diesel, good quality

seeds, fertilisers, government subsidies, etc. Order higher magnitude of groundwater development requires realistic assessment of ground water

resources to avoid any deleterious effects on ground water regime and to provide sustainability to the ground water development process.

Guidelines: The National Water Policy enunciates the following guidelines for ground

water.






• There should be a periodic reassessment on scientific basis of the

ground water potential, taking into consideration the quality of the water available and economic viability.

• Exploitation of ground water resources should be so regulated as

not to exceed the recharge possibilities, as also to ensure social equity. Ground water recharge projects should be developed and

implemented for augmenting the available supplies. • Integrated and coordinated development of surface water and

groundwater and their conjunctive use should be envisaged right

from the project planning stage and should form an essential part of the project.

• Over-exploitation of ground water should be avoided near the coast to prevent ingress of sea water into fresh water aquifers.

CONCLUSONS:

The overall view of the water quality index of the present study

zone showed a satisfactory result with most of the area having a WQI of < 50. Comprehensive sewerage system for safe disposal of wastes should be developed to safeguard ground water quality in

most of the residential areas where WQI is higher (>50).

Certain parameters such as nitrates, TDS, chlorides and fluorides

are beyond the permissible limits in most areas, which are densely residential and industrial.

Monitoring of pollution patterns and its trends with respect to urbanization is an important task for achieving sustainable

management of groundwater.

25-30 % of total water requirement is being met through ground

water. Considering the limited potential of hard rock aquifers, reduced recharge and that the resource is being tapped from deeper depths any large scale development of ground water

resources is not advisable without adopting proper augmentation practices and strict implementation strategies.

In view of huge availability of larger roof areas, adoption of various water conservation measures is the need of hour. Delay in

implementation of various conservation methods large scale will lead to a further depletion and contamination of ground water. Hence, the Rain Water Harvesting of Roof Top is required to be

implemented on mandatory basis in urban areas. Monsoon flood waters may be diverted in areas (e.g., permeable pavements, parking lots, municipal parks, play grounds, stadiums, airports

etc) for future use.

Three sets of fracture zones (shallow: 20-30, intermediate: 40-60 m

and deeper >60 m) exist in the area. Shallow fractures are more prevalent, intermediate fractures, often connected to shallow

fractures are more productive, which need to be recharged through rooftop rain water harvesting. It is recommended that each house/apartment should have recharge unit. The rooftop water






may be allowed to pass through recharge unit/filtration unit and

recharge existing well/abandoned well.

Segregation of grey (sullage) and black (sewage) waste water

enables treatment at much lower cost that may be recycled for GW recharge.

It is seen from the exploration data that most of the potential zones

were encountered within the depth range of 70-150 m in RR District and beyond this depth, potential fractures through occur,

but rare.

Conjunctive use practices have to be adopted in the command area

by utilizing both surface and ground water resources. Ground water potential zones in the command area are to be identified and

developed. Ground water development through bore wells can be restricted to 70-120 m.

Large-scale artificial recharge structures need to be constructed in

the non-command areas and over-exploited mandals and corpus fund has to be created to maintain those structures.

Exploring the possibilities of diversion of surface water through canals/pipes for filling up of existing dried up tanks in over-

exploited mandals.

Rainwater harvesting structures like contour bunding, check

dams, percolation tanks, farm ponds are already in vogue. The construction of the artificial recharge structures should be taken

up on the watershed basis and designed for 50% of non-committed run-off so as to not to deprive the downstream watersheds.

It is important to take up artificial recharge structures based on

topography, soil, slope, surface run-off of available and hydrogeological conditions rather than target oriented in achieving

the numbers. A technical team consisting of Scientists, Engineers, and Bureaucrats should monitor the structures on regular basis.

In safe mandals, the artificial recharge to ground water should go hand-in-hand with ground water development further development

of ground water should be restricted upto a depth of 100 m to avoid failures of bore wells.

Further ground water development through bore wells has to be

avoided by strictly implementing APWALTA Act in the villages that are categorized as OE villages. However, ground water development

in villages / mandals falling in safe to semi critical/critical category can be developed on scientific lines. Roof Top harvesting both in urban and rural areas should be made mandatory to

enhance the ground water resources.






3.3 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION MAPPING

The project area does not fall under flood hazard zone. There is no river

in the study area. The nearest river Krishna is flowing around 80 km in

‘SE’ direction w.r.t. the project site.

3.4 SEISMIC HISTORY OF THE STUDY AREA Telangana state experiences earthquakes at a relatively lower frequency

of the seismic hazard zonation map. According to the IMD catalogue

regions are divided in the seismic zones II–V (low damage to very high

damage), corresponding to PEAK GROUND ACCELERATION (PGA) of 0.1,

0.2 and 0.25 (1 g = 980 Gal2) respectively.

According to IS: 1893-1984, the project site & study area falls under

Zone-II. It means that the area is covered under “low hazard zone”. There

is no major earthquake episode recorded in the area till date. Seismicity

map of India with indicating the study area has been presented in

Figure-3.4.1.

FIGURE – 3.4.1: SEISMIC ZONATION AND INTENSITY MAP OF INDIA

PROJECT

SITE






3.5 MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN STUDY AREA AROUND THE

PROJECT SITE

There is no major industry following within the study area around the

project site.

3.6 LANDUSE 3.6.1 INTRODUCTION

The proposed Hyderabad Pharma City Project of Telangana State

Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited (TSIIC), is located in

Kandukur, yacharam and kadthal Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in

the State of Telangana. The proposed project site is located between

Latitudes 16°54′1.18"N to 17°04'12.12"N and Longitudes 78°29′55.99"E

to 78°39′23.74"E with average above mean sea level (AMSL) of 640 m

(2100 ft). The HYDERABAD PHARMA CITY is proposed to be developed

with integrated physical, environmental, social and technical

infrastructure in an area of 19333.20 acres (7823.87 ha./ 78.23 sq.km)

of land at around 16 km to the south of Hyderabad Outer Ring Road

(ORR).

3.6.2 LAND USE BASED ON SATELLITE IMAGERY

Satellite imagery contains detail records of features on the ground at the

time of satellite overpass. An image interpreter systematically examines

the images for generating the information required by him. Other

supporting materials such as published maps and reports from various

sources will increase the accuracy of the interpretation. The chain of

process in visual interpretation of the shape and pattern in an image

begins with detection. There are certain fundamental characteristics seen

on images which aid in the visual interpretation of satellite imagery.

These are tone / colour, size, shape, texture, pattern, location,

association, resolution and season. Visual interpretation is subjective

and differs from person to person and also upon the season, scale,

spectral bands, spatial resolution, overall image contrast and quality of

the data.

Remote Sensing Technique is used to prepare the present Land use Land

cover Map.

The land use / land cover of the region can be divided into 9 categories.

The categories of land use/ land cover for the study area/project site are






shown in the following table and are elaborated in the following pie

diagram:

TABLE-3.6.1

Category wise Land Use Break up of the Study area/Project Site

Sl. No. Land Use Classification Area

in Ha.

Area in

Percentage

1. Built-up 34.38 0.42

2. Housing Plots 137.79 1.69

3. Crop Land 5393.63 66.16

4. Plantations 82.18 1.01

5. Vegetation 564.47 6.92

6. Scrub 1773.78 21.76

7. Barren Rocky 88.10 1.08

8. Quarry 13.57 0.17

9. Water Bodies 64.74 0.79

TOTAL 8152.64 100.00

FIGURE 3.6.1: PIE GRAPH SHOWING DIFFERENT LULC CATEGORIES IN PERCENTAGE






FIGURE – 3.6.1: LAND USE CLASSIFICATION IN THE STUDY AREA






PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE PROJECT SITE






3.7 SOIL

Soil may be defined as a thin layer of earth’s crust that serves as a

natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated

mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic

and environmental factors such as parent materials, climate,

organisms and physico-chemical action of wind, water and sunlight,

all acting over a period of time. Soil differs from the parent materials in

the morphological, physical, chemical and biological properties. Also

soil differs among themselves in some or all the genetic or

environmental factors, therefore, some soils are yellow, some are

black, some are reddish, some are coarse textured. They serve as a

reservoir of nutrients for plants and crop and also provide mechanical

anchorage and favorable tilth.

3.7.1 FIELD STUDY, SAMPLING & ANALYSIS

To assess the impacts of the industrial and urban/rural activities on

the soils in the study area/project site, the physico-chemical

characteristics of soils within the study area/project site have been

examined by obtaining soil samples from selected points and analysis

of the same.

Fifteen (15) sampling stations were selected for studying soil

characteristics, which has been shown in Table-3.7.1. Soil sampling

locations is presented in Figure-3.7.1. Stations have been spread over

the study area, keeping in view the vegetative cover, soil types and

maximum deposition of pollutants emitted through stacks, which

would accord an overall idea of the soil characteristics within the study

area/project site.

The samples were collected once in the study period. A number of

parameters were determined which are indicative of physical, chemical

and fertility characteristics. The physico-chemical characteristics of the

soils in the study area, as obtained from the analysis of the soil

samples, are presented in Table-3.7.2.

3.7.2 CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL IN THE STUDY AREA Red Soils predominate in Ranga Reddy district followed by Black

soils. The mandals where more than 50% of the villages have Red-

chalka soils as the predominate soils are Medchal, Shameerpet,

Qutbullapur, Keesara, Hayathnagar, Saroornagar, Uppal, Ghatkesar,

Rajendranagar, Pargi, Doma Shamshabad, Serilingampally,

Kulkacherla and Gandeed.






Dubba soils are largely found in Ibrahimpatnam, Manchal, Yacharam,

Maheshwaram and Kandukur Mandals besides Red chalka soils.

Types of Red Soils:

a) Rock out crops on undulating lands associated with shallow to

moderately shallow excessively drained red sandy loams and clayey

with moderate to severely eroded low AWC.

b) Very deep poorly drained saline sodic clayey calcareous soil with

very high AWC shallow water table associated with deep well

drained alluvial and colluvial calcareous soils.

c) Moderately shallow to moderately deep well drained Red sandy

loams with low AWC on undulating to hill & ridges, moderate to

severely eroded associated with red gravelly clay soils.

d) Moderately deep well drained, eroded, red clayey soils with sloping

lands associated with deep to moderately deep well drained red

loams and clayey soils with high AWC. Moderate deep to deep well

drained red loams.

Types of Black Soils.

a) Deep to very deep, moderately well-drained black cracking clay

calcareous with medium available water capacity on gently to

moderately sloping ground.

b) Very deep well drained gravelly clay with surface crusting and low

available water capacity (AWC) on moderately to very gently sloping

ground moderately eroded.

c) Shallow to very shallow moderately well drained, black clayey soils

with low to very low AWC on gentle to moderately sloping plains

associated with deep moderately well drained black cracking clay

soils with very high AWC.

d) Deep moderately well drained saline cadic clayey calcareous soils

with very high AWC on gently sloping valleys associated with black

cracking clay and alluvial colluvial soils.

The mandals where the Black soils are predominant are Chevella,

Shahbad, Vikarabad, Nawabpet, Dharur, Pudur, Tandur, Peddemul,

Yalal, Basheerabad, Marpally, Mominpet and Bantaram.






3.7.2.1 Physical Characteristics

The physical properties examined include colour, texture, bulk density,

porosity & moisture.

Soils having larger particles usually have higher bulk density than

those of smaller particles. Bulk density of soils samples varied between

(1.35-1.45) gm/cm3 which is in normal range for such soils. Moisture

content of the soils varied between (8.5-11.7)%. Grain Size analysis

shows that sand, silt and clay in the soil samples were found in the

range of (41.4-54.9)%, (15.6-27.9)% and (23.9-36.6)% respectively.

3.7.2.2 Chemical Characteristics

The soils were slightly acidic with pH range (6.5-6.9). Electrical

conductivity (EC) was found varying between (496-701) µmhos/cm. In

soil samples, calcium content of the soils varied between (202-233)

mg/kg. Range of sodium in the soils varied between (41-60) mg/kg. In

soils, sodium generally occurs as NaCl, Na2SO4 and sometimes, as

Na2CO3 and other soluble salts. In comparison to sodium, potassium

levels were slightly low. Range of potassium varied between (18-31)

mg/kg. In this study Nitrogen level varied between (155-195) mg/kg.

Most of the nitrogen is available in form of nitrates, nitrites, NH4+ and

organic nitrogen. The Phosphorous content ranged between (34.6-42.5)

mg/kg. Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC) varied between (4.9-6)

meq/100 gm. Ranges of Magnesium varied between (118-165) mg/kg.

Organic Matter in the soils was observed between (1.7-2.3)%. Ranges of

Boron, Manganese, Cadmium, Arsenic, Mercury were found to be <1

mg/kg. Ranges of Zinc (Zn), Chromium (Cr), Iron (Fe), Copper (Cu) &

Lead (Pb) were found to be in the range of (9.3-13.3) mg/kg, (3.7-6.3)

mg/kg, (13.7-16.3) mg/kg, (29.6-36.4) mg/kg and (2.2-5.9) mg/kg

respectively.






TABLE-3.7.1 CODE NO. & NAME OF LOCATIONS

Sample code Location Name

SS 1 Near Maktha Madharam

SS 2 Ekkuvapally

SS 3 Near Butterfly City

SS 4 Mucherla

SS 5 Nedunur

SS 6 Kurimada

SS 7 Thatiparthi

SS 8 Begar Kancha

SS 9 Chaudhar Palli

SS 10 Kothapalli

SS 11 Yacharam

SS 12 Akulamailawaram

SS 13 Debbadaguda

SS 14 Nakkertha Medipally

SS 15 Kadthal

FIGURE-3.7.1:

SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS






TABLE-3.7.2

SOIL QUALITY

Sl. No.

PARAMETERS Unit Result

SS-1 SS-2 SS-3 SS-4 SS-5 SS-6 SS-7 SS-8

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS :

1 TEXTURE -

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

a. Sand % 43.5 48.1 45.2 49.9 45.2 41.4 44.2 52.0

b. Silt % 24.8 18 20.3 25.5 27 22.3 19.2 21.8

c. Clay % 31.7 33.9 34.5 24.6 27.8 36.3 36.6 26.2

2 Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.35 1.45 1.41 1.38 1.45 1.45 1.41 1.39

3 Porosity % 48.07 44.23 45.77 46.92 44.23 44.23 45.77 46.54

4 Moisture % 11.5 9.7 8.8 8.9 10.7 11.6 9.1 8.9

CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS :

5 Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)

meq/ 100 gm

5.5 5.6 5.9 5 5.7 5.9 5.5 6

6 pH (water extract) - 6.9 6.7 6.9 6.8 6.6 6.7 6.6 6.6

7 EC (water extract, 1: 2)

µmhos/cm

496 530 582 521 636 701 549 518

8 Organic matter % 1.7 2.1 2.2 1.7 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.3

9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 220 219 209 203 207 233 220 226

10 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 165 118 140 129 126 133 128 159

11 Potassium (as K) mg/kg 30 19 24 20 31 26 29 27

12 Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 41 58 52 49 52 56 56 60

13 Boron (as B) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

14 Nitrogen (as N) mg/kg 182 155 178 186.0 179 168 156 159

15 Phosphorous (as P) mg/kg 37.6 41.6 42.5 34.6 42.2 39.6 39.1 40.3

16 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 34.5 32.1 36.3 36.4 30.5 30.9 29.6 30.1

17 Manganese (as Mn) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

18 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 12.7 10.6 11.5 9.7 13.1 12.8 10.4 11.6

19 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

20 Chromium (as Cr) mg/kg 5 5.1 4.9 6.3 5 3.9 4.9 4.9

21 Iron (as Fe) mg/kg 15.6 16.1 15.9 14.1 14.4 15.1 15.8 16.2

22 Lead (as Pb) mg/kg 5.1 5.4 5.1 5 5.3 4.9 4.9 5.9

23 Arsenic (as As) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Mercury (as Hg) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1






TABLE-3.7.2 (Contd…)

SOIL QUALITY

Sl. No.

PARAMETERS Unit Result

SS-9 SS-10 SS-11 SS-12 SS-13 SS-14 SS-15

PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS :

1 TEXTURE -

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

Sandy Clay Loam

a. Sand % 49.8 53.9 54.9 46.9 44.9 54.5 41.8

b. Silt % 25.8 21.4 15.6 27.5 18.7 21.6 27.9

c. Clay % 24.4 24.7 29.5 25.6 36.4 23.9 30.3

2 Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.42 1.44 1.31 1.41 1.43 1.41 1.38

3 Porosity % 45.38 44.62 44.23 45.77 45.00 45.77 46.92

4 Moisture % 10.9 10.9 11.7 8.5 10.5 8.6 10.4

CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS :

5 Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)

meq/ 100 gm

5.4 5.9 6 5.6 4.9 5.9 5.5

6 pH (water extract) - 6.9 6.8 6.5 6.6 6.6 6.8 6.7

7 EC (water extract, 1: 2)

µmhos/cm

577 626 682 541 564 654 675

8 Organic matter % 2.1 2.1 1.7 1.8 1.8 2.2 1.7

9 Calcium (as Ca) mg/kg 202 225 208 212 211 216 203

10 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/kg 133 127 132 138 160 156 125

11 Potassium (as K) mg/kg 22 26 25 27 18 28 29

12 Sodium (as Na) mg/kg 60 58 51 57 51 49 50

13 Boron (as B) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

14 Nitrogen (as N) mg/kg 157 195 179 167 180 167 169

15 Phosphorous (as P) mg/kg 35.7 37.4 42.1 39.5 39.4 35.6 34.8

16 Copper (as Cu) mg/kg 35.9 33.2 36.2 33.1 33.7 35.2 34.5

17 Manganese (as Mn) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

18 Zinc (as Zn) mg/kg 13.3 9.3 10.7 11.1 13.3 11.3 12.9

19 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

20 Chromium (as Cr) mg/kg 4.7 4.2 3.7 5.1 4.4 4.2 6

21 Iron (as Fe) mg/kg 13.7 16.3 15.8 14 14.5 14.5 14.3

22 Lead (as Pb) mg/kg 2.5 4.7 4.4 3.9 3.4 2.2 3

23 Arsenic (as As) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1

24 Mercury (as Hg) mg/kg <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1






PHOTOGRAPHS ON SOIL SAMPLING






3.8 METEOROLOGY

3.8.1 SEASONS

The climate of the project area is humid and tropical. It is characterised

by a hot and dry summer from March to May, a south-west monsoon or

rainy season from June to September, a pleasant post-monsoon or

retreating monsoon from October to November and a cool winter from

December to February. Therefore, climatologically, four seasons viz.

summer (pre-monsoon), monsoon, post-monsoon and winter could be

deciphered comprising the following months:

Summer : March, April, May

Monsoon : June, July, August, and September

Post-monsoon : October, November

Winter : December, January and February

3.8.2 PAST RECORDS OF IMD, HYDERABAD

Data Collected

The meteorological data described in this section have been collected from

the IMD Station located at Airport Colony,

Begumpet, Hyderabad, Telangana-500016,

which is around 50 km from the Project Site

and deemed to be representative of the study

area. The station is observed to be well

manned and equipped. Available

meteorological data for the past 30-years’

period (1971-2000) have been collected and summarized. The climatic

features of this station are presented in Table-3.8.1.

3.8.2.1 Temperature

At Hyderabad, the maximum (39.2C) of the mean daily maximum

temperatures has been recorded during May and the minimum (15.0C) of

the mean daily minimum temperatures recorded during December (Table-

3.8.1).

3.8.2.2 Relative Humidity

Humidity is fairly high through the major part of the year and the mean

relative humidity rises to above 80% during the monsoon months,

particularly July to September ranging between (82-51)% in Hyderabad

(Table-3.8.1). As expected, humidity is comparatively low in the dry

summer months (March-May) and winter months (December-February)

when the mean relative humidity ranging between (53-25)% & (73-31)% in






Hyderabad. The above trend in humidity in various seasons clearly shows

a discernible influence of rain on humidity.

3.8.2.3 Atmospheric Pressure The data on atmospheric pressure does not portray any unusual

features. The maximum mean atmospheric pressure is observed 954.9

millibars (mb) at 0830 IST in the month of December and minimum

mean atmospheric pressure is observed 940.7 mb at 1730 IST in the

month of June at Hyderabad (Table-3.8.1). As usual in diurnal variation,

the pressure in the morning (0830 IST) is more than that in the evening

(1730 IST) during all the months.

3.8.2.4 Rainfall and Rainy Days

The total annual mean rainfall received is about 823.0 mm at Hyderabad

(Table-3.8.1). Rainfall peaks during the month of August (mean monthly

being about 188.8 mm in Hyderabad) followed by July (mean monthly

being about 158.7 mm in Hyderabad). Total mean number of rainy days

is about 50 days per annum in Hyderabad.

3.8.2.5 Wind Speed and Direction

The annual mean wind speed is around 10 km/hr at Hyderabad with the

mean monthly wind speed ranging between 6.0 km/hr (during

December) and 17.0 km/hr (during June) in Hyderabad (Table-3.8.1).

In Hyderabad the predominant wind directions during winter season was

observed from East & South-east direction where as the predominant

wind directions during summer season was North-west & West.

3.8.3 ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS

Air Pollutants upon discharge to atmosphere pass through a number of

mechanisms, which include diffusion and transportation leading to

dispersion. These mechanisms are governed by the local atmospheric

conditions. All these result in the necessity to collect the meteorological

parameters like ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction, and

other weather conditions (relative humidity, atmospheric pressure etc.),

which will be ultimately used for the prediction of the ground level

concentrations of the air pollutants through mathematical modelling.

For this purpose as also to corroborate and supplement the long term

meteorological data availed from IMD, Hyderabad, a sophisticated on-site

meteorological observatory was established close to the project site and






operated continuously for the monitoring period of 16th December, 2016

- 15th March, 2017.

The observatory was located about 10 m above the ground level and

ensured to be free from any obstruction to wind. Besides, this location

was found to be most suitable one being close to the project site. The

summary of the on-site data generated in respect of the above

parameters for the period mentioned above are presented in Table-3.8.1.

The Wind rose diagram for the entire period is shown in Figures-3.8.1.

3.8.4 RESULTS OF ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL DATA

3.8.4.1 Temperature

The monthly maximum and minimum temperatures recorded on-site

during the aforesaid monitoring period (16th December, 2016 - 15th

March, 2017) varied between (30.4-37.9)°C and (16.0-21.1)°C

respectively with overall maximum and minimum temperatures being

37.9°C and 16.0°C respectively (Table-3.8.2).

3.8.4.2 Relative Humidity

The monthly maximum and minimum relative humidity recorded on-site

during the said monitoring period varied between (75-86)% and (25-30)%

respectively, the overall maximum and minimum being 86% and 25%

respectively (Table 3.8.2).

3.8.4.3 Atmospheric Pressure

The overall maximum and minimum atmospheric pressures recorded on-

site during the said monitoring period were 733.0 mmHg and 704.0

mmHg respectively (Table 3.8.2).

3.8.4.4 Wind Speed and Direction

The maximum wind speed 2.8 Km/hr was in the month of December,

2016 & March, 2017 while the overall mean wind speed during the whole

monitoring period was 2.6 Km/hr (Table 3.8.2). The most predominant

wind direction was found as East-South-East.






Table-3.8.1

Mean Monthly Summary of Climatological Data IMD, Hyderabad (1971-2000)






TABLE-3.8.2

ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL DATA

(16th DECEMBER, 2016 TO 15th MARCH, 2017)

DATE

AVERAGE

VELOCITY

TEMPERATURE

RELATIVE

HUMIDITY

BAROMETRIC

PRESSURE

(mm/hg)

RAIN

FALL

mm ( o C ) ( % )

( Km. Hr-1) MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN.

16th Dec. to 31,

Dec.,2016 2.8 30.4 16.4 82 29 727 712 -

January, 2017 2.1 32.1 16 86 30 732 710 -

February, 2017 2.7 34.5 18.5 75 25 733 709 -

Upto 15th March,

2017 2.8 37.9 21.1 84 25 723 704 -

Overall 2.6 37.9 16.0 86 25 733 704 -

PHOTOGRAPH ON METEOROLOGICAL STATION






16th

Dec. to 31st Dec., 2016

Calm – 47.4%

January, 2017

Calm – 54.97%

February, 2017

Calm – 43.90% Upto 15

th March, 2017

Calm – 44.72%






16th DECEMBER, 2016 TO 15th MARCH, 2017

Calm – 48.47%

FIGURES-3.8.1 : WINDROSE DIAGRAM






3.9 AIR QUALITY

3.9.1 SELECTION OF MONITORING STATIONS

The sources of air pollution in the region are minor industrial emissions,

vehicular traffic, dust arising from unpaved village roads and domestic

fuel burning. The prime objective of the baseline air quality study was to

establish the existing ambient air quality of the area. This will be useful

for assessing the conformity to standards of the ambient air quality

during the operation of the proposed Hyderabad Pharma City.

The monitoring locations for establishing the baseline status of ambient

air quality has been identified on the basis of the following

considerations:

1. Meteorological conditions

2. Topography of the study area

3. Category of the area like habitat, forest etc.

4. Representative of likely affected area

Further, due consideration were also given to the likely affected zones

during construction and operation of the project. The location of human

habitation and other sensitive areas within the study area were also

considered in selection of ambient air quality monitoring locations.

Fifteen (15) numbers of monitoring stations were set up to assess the

existing air quality of the study area. The locations of the monitoring

stations were based on the frequent wind directions in order to site the

stations as close as feasible to the anticipated maximum pollutant

deposition areas, moreover, duly considering human habitation and

proximity to sensitive zones within the study area. Logistic

considerations as ready accessibility, security, availability of reliable

power supply etc. were examined while finalizing the monitoring

locations.

The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring locations have been presented in

Figure-3.9.1. The relative direction and distance of these locations with

respect to the project site have been tabulated in Table-3.9.1.






3.9.2 PARAMETERS & FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring has been conducted for the period (16th

December, 2016 – 15th March, 2017) at a frequency of twice a week at

each station adopting a continuous 24 hours schedule in respect of the

following parameters:

- Particulate Matter-10 (PM10)

- Particulate Matter-2.5 (PM2.5)

- Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

- Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

Besides, Carbon Monoxide (CO), Ozone (O3), Methane and Non-methane

Hydrocarbons monitoring has been conducted for the same period, at a

frequency of twice a week at each station adopting continuous 8 hourly

three different shifts in a day (24 hours).

The equipment was placed at a height of 3.0 to 4.5 metres above ground

level at each monitoring station, thus negating the effects of windblown

ground dust. The equipment was placed at open space free from trees

and other obstruction which otherwise act as a sink of pollutants

resulting in lower levels in monitoring results. At locations close to

highways, the equipment was placed at least 100 m away from such

highways/roads to avoid influence of traffic exhaust emissions.

Statistical analysis (minimum, maximum, arithmetic mean) are

presented in Table - 3.9.3.

3.9.3 RESULTS & DISCUSSIONS

Statistical analysis (minimum, maximum, arithmetic mean and 98-

percentile values) of the ambient air quality in the study area for the

entire three months’ monitoring period are shown in Table-3.9.2. The

results of such analysis are pictorially presented in Figure-3.9.2 through

Figure-3.9.7.

The following implications can be made on the basis of the obtained

results:






3.9.3.1 Particulate Matter-10 (PM10)

Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average values of PM10 varied station-

wise between 34.0 g/m3 (at Kothapalli) and 94.6 g/m3 (at Yacharam)

with overall mean of all 15 stations being 65.9 g/m3. Arithmetic Mean of

the 24-hourly average values of PM10 at all locations is within the limit

(100 µg/m3) of National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009.

The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of PM10 varied station-wise

between 43.0 g/m3 (at Kothapalli) to 121.5 g/m3 (at Yacharam) with

overall 98-percentile of all 15 stations being 120.5 g/m3.

3.9.3.2 Particulate Matter - 2.5 (PM2.5)

Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average values of PM2.5 varied station-

wise between 12.9 g/m3 (at Kothapalli) and 38.8 g/m3 (at Yacharam)

with overall mean of all 15 stations being 26.0 g/m3. Arithmetic Mean of

the 24-hourly average values of PM2.5 at all locations is within the limit

(60 µg/m3) of National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009.

The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of PM2.5 varied station-wise

between 16.5 g/m3 (at Kothapalli) and 48.5 g/m3 (at Yacharam) with

the overall 98-percentile of all 15 stations being 48.1 g/m3.

3.9.3.3 Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Arithmetic mean of 24-hourly average values of SO2 varied station wise

between <4 g/m3 (at Debbadaguda, Kothapalli, Chaudarpalli) to 6.4

g/m3 (at Yacharam) with overall mean of all 15 stations being 5.2

g/m3. Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average values of SO2 at all

locations is much within the limit (80 µg/m3) of National Ambient Air

Quality Standards, 2009.

The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of PM2.5 varied station-wise

between <4 g/m3 (at at Debbadaguda, Kothapalli, Chaudarpalli) and 9

g/m3 (at Yacharam) with overall 98-percentile of all 15 stations being

8.8 g/m3.

3.9.3.4 Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

The overall arithmetic mean of 24-hourly average values of NO2 over the

entire study area was 15.6 g/m3 while individual arithmetic mean levels






computed at 15 stations ranged between 8.2 g/m3 (at Kothapalli) and

22.3 g/m3 (at Yacharam). Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly average

values of NO2 at all locations is well within the limit (80 µg/m3) of

National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009.

The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of NO2 varied station-wise

between 11.5 g/m3 (at Kothapalli) and 29.0 g/m3 (at Nedunur) with

overall 98-percentile of all 15 stations being 28.9 g/m3.

3.9.3.5 Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The overall arithmetic mean of 8-hourly average values of CO over the

entire study area was 0.389 mg/m3 while individual arithmetic mean

levels computed at all 15 stations ranged between 0.28 mg/m3 (at

Kothapally) and 0.544 mg/m3 (at Yacharam). Arithmetic Mean of the 24-

hourly average values of CO at all the locations is well within the

permissible limit of 2.0 mg/m3, as stipulated in National Ambient Air

Quality Standards, 2009.

The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of CO varied station-wise

between 0.50 mg/m3 (at Ekkuvapally, Kurimada, Chaudarpalli,

Kothapalli) and 0.846 mg/m3 (at Yacharam) with overall 98-percentile of

all 15 stations being 0.846 mg/m3.

3.9.3.6 Ozone (O3) The overall arithmetic mean of 8-hourly average values of O3 over the

entire study area was 8.92 g/m3 while individual arithmetic mean levels

computed at all 15 stations ranged between 5.652 g/m3 (at Kothapalli)

and 14.365 g/m3 (at Yacharam). Arithmetic Mean of the 24-hourly

average values of O3 at all locations is within the permissible limit of 100

g/m3, as stipulated in National Ambient Air Quality Standards, 2009.

The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of O3 varied station-wise

between 8.0 g/m3 (at Chaudarpalli) and 19.98 g/m3 (at Yacharam)

with overall 98-percentile of all 15 stations being 19.426 g/m3.

3.9.3.7 Methane Hydrocarbon

The overall arithmetic mean of 24-hourly average values of Methane

Hydrocarbon over the entire study area was 0.417 ppm while individual

arithmetic mean levels computed at all 15 stations ranged between 0.25

ppm (at Kothapalli) and 0.72 ppm (at Yacharam).






The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of Methane Hydrocarbon

varied station-wise between 0.5 ppm (at Kothapalli) and 1.39 ppm (at Yacharam) with overall 98-percentile of all 15 stations being 1.338 ppm.

3.9.3.8 Non Methane Hydrocarbons

The maximum value of arithmetic mean of Non Methane Hydrocarbon was found to be 0.04 ppm (at Yacharam) and the minimum value of arithmetic mean was found as <0.01 ppm (at all monitoring stations

except Yacharam & Kadthal). The 24-hourly average 98-percentile values of Non Methane Hydrocarbon

varied station-wise between <0.01 ppm (at all monitoring stations except Yacharam & Kadthal) and 0.08 ppm (at Yacharam) with overall 98-

percentile of all 15 stations being 0.77 ppm.

Conclusion

The values of all the pollutants at the respective locations were within the

stipulated standards on all the occasions except for PM10, exceeding the

limit on few occasions at 4 locations. This can be attributed mainly to the

vehicular pollution in the area.

TABLE-3.9.1

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations in the study area

Sl.

No.

Locations Co-ordinates

AQ1 Ekkuvapally 16°55'33.78"N & 78°33'49.86"E

AQ2 Near Butterfly City 16°59'43.07"N & 78°2912.30"E

AQ3 Nedunur 17°02'07.03"N & 78°27'02.53"E

AQ4 Kurimada 17°01'58.00"N & 78°34'29.00"E

AQ5 Yacharam 17°0239.83N & 78°3956.74E

AQ6 Near Maktha Madaram 17°0239.83N & 78°3956.74E

AQ7 Mucherla 17°00'52.00"N & 78°30'59.00"E

AQ8 Akulamailawaram 17°04'03.29"N & 78°34'27.76"E

AQ9 Debbadaguda 17°0247.26N & 78°2940.12E

AQ10 Nakkertha Medipally 16°5958.00"N & 78°38'46.00"E

AQ11 Kadthal 16°5903.10"N & 78°2958.00"E

AQ12 Thatiparthi 17°00'10.70"N & 78°35'44.03"E

AQ13 Begar Kancha 17°03'41.89"N & 78°32'40.64"E

AQ14 Chaudharpalli 17°03'47.23"N & 78°3907.72"E

AQ15 Kothapalli 16°58'25.43"N & 78°40'44.28"E






FIGURE-3.9.1 : AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS






TABLE-3.9.2

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF AIR POLLUTANTS (Period: 16th December, 2016 – 15th March, 2017)

TABLE STATISTICAL ANALYSIS OF POLLUTANTS

Pollutants Locations MES Min Max A.M. P - 98

PM10 (µg/m3)

EKKUVAPALLY 26 40 70 53.4 68.5

NEAR BUTTERFLY CITY 26 54 107 75.6 99.0

NEDUNUR 26 62 127 87.5 118.0

KURIMADA 26 42 85 60.0 79.0

YACHARAM 26 72 122 94.6 121.5

NEAR MAKTHA MADARAM

26 48 95 72.7 94.5

MUCHERLA 26 44 98 79.3 97.5

AKULAMAILAWARAM 26 39 79 55.8 76.5

DEBBADAGUDA 26 27 68 45.8 66.0

NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY

26 54 111 80.8 104.5

KADTHAL 26 69 119 90.8 114.5

THATIPARTHI 26 41 92 63.6 88.0

BEGAR KANCHA 26 41 78 57.6 77.0

CHAUDHARPALLI 26 28 51 36.6 48.5

KOTHAPALLI 26 24 43 34.0 43.0

Overall 390 24 127 65.9 120.5

PM2.5 (µg/m3)

EKKUVAPALLY 26 16 28 20.7 26.5


NEDUNUR 26 26 50 35.8 47.0

KURIMADA 26 18 33 24.7 32.5

YACHARAM 26 30 49 38.8 48.5

NEAR MAKTHA

MADARAM 26

18 38 27.8 37.0

MUCHERLA 26 18 40 32.3 39.5


DEBBADAGUDA 26 11 26 17.7 25.0

NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY

26 21 44 33.0 42.5

KADTHAL 26 26 45 35.2 44.5






THATIPARTHI 26 18 34 24.2 33.5

BEGAR KANCHA 26 16 31 21.7 29.5

CHAUDHARPALLI 26 28 19 13.6 18.0

KOTHAPALLI 26 9 17 12.9 16.5

Overall 390 9 50 26.0 48.1

SO2 (µg/m3)

EKKUVAPALLY 26 <4 5 4.4 5.0

NEAR BUTTERFLY CITY 26 <4 7 5.3 6.6

NEDUNUR 26 <4 8 6.1 8.0

KURIMADA 26 <4 4 4.0 4.0

YACHARAM 26 <4 9 6.4 9.0

NEAR MAKTHA MADARAM

26 <4 7 5.1 7.0

MUCHERLA 26 <4 7 5.4 7.0

AKULAMAILAWARAM 26 <4 5 4.3 4.9

DEBBADAGUDA 26 <4 <4 <4 <4

NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY

26 <4 8 5.5 7.6

KADTHAL 26 <4 8 5.8 8.0

THATIPARTHI 26 <4 7 4.9 7.0

BEGAR KANCHA 26 <4 7 5.1 6.7

CHAUDHARPALLI 26 <4 <4 <4 <4

KOTHAPALLI 26 <4 <4 <4 <4

Overall 390 0 9 5.2 8.8

NO2 (µg/m3)

EKKUVAPALLY 26 9 18 13.2 17.5


NEDUNUR 26 13 30 20.9 29.0

KURIMADA 26 9 20 13.5 19.0

YACHARAM 26 15 29 22.3 28.5

NEAR MAKTHA MADARAM

26 11 23 17.4 23.0

MUCHERLA 26 8 25 18.2 24.5


DEBBADAGUDA 26 6 17 11.6 16.0

NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY

26 11 26 18.6 25.5






KADTHAL 26 15 28 21.2 27.5

THATIPARTHI 26 10 23 15.1 22.5

BEGAR KANCHA 26 9 20 13.8 20.0

CHAUDHARPALLI 26 <6 12 8.8 12.0

KOTHAPALLI 26 <6 12 8.2 11.5

Overall 390 6 30 15.6 28.9

CO (mg/m3)

EKKUVAPALLY 78 <0.2 0.500 0.301 0.500

NEAR BUTTERFLY CITY 78 <0.2 0.900 0.408 0.800

NEDUNUR 78 <0.2 1.100 0.445 0.846

KURIMADA 78 <0.2 0.500 0.311 0.500

YACHARAM 78 <0.2 1.100 0.544 0.846

NEAR MAKTHA MADARAM

78 <0.2 0.800 0.368 0.660

MUCHERLA 78 <0.2 0.900 0.399 0.700

AKULAMAILAWARAM 78 <0.2 0.700 0.338 0.660

DEBBADAGUDA 78 <0.2 0.600 0.309 0.600

NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY

78 <0.2 0.600 0.309 0.600

KADTHAL 78 <0.2 0.900 0.481 0.846

THATIPARTHI 78 <0.2 0.800 0.358 0.700

BEGAR KANCHA 78 <0.2 0.700 0.325 0.600

CHAUDHARPALLI 78 <0.2 0.500 0.295 0.500

KOTHAPALLI 78 <0.2 0.600 0.280 0.500

Overall 624 0.000 1.100 0.389 0.846

O3 (µg/m3)

EKKUVAPALLY 78 <4 12.000 6.784 10.000

NEAR BUTTERFLY CITY 78 <4 15.000 10.462 14.000

NEDUNUR 78 <4 18.000 12.000 17.000

KURIMADA 78 <4 14.000 8.216 13.000

YACHARAM 78 <4 21.000 14.365 19.980

NEAR MAKTHA MADARAM

78 <4 14.000 9.000 13.000

MUCHERLA 78 <4 18.000 9.784 15.000

AKULAMAILAWARAM 78 <4 15.000 8.412 14.000

DEBBADAGUDA 78 <4 10.000 6.451 10.000






NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY 78 <4 20.000 11.788 18.000

KADTHAL 78 <4 17.000 9.865 16.000

THATIPARTHI 78 <4 13.000 8.018 12.000

BEGAR KANCHA 78 <4 12.000 7.300 11.020

CHAUDHARPALLI 78 <4 8.000 5.702 8.000

KOTHAPALLI 78 <4 8.000 5.652 8.000

Overall 1170 <4 21.000 8.920 19.426

Methane Hydrocarb

on (ppm)

EKKUVAPALLY 78 0.10 1.10 0.39 0.85

NEAR BUTTERFLY CITY 78 0.10 1.70 0.45 1.15

NEDUNUR 78 0.20 1.60 0.55 1.05

KURIMADA 78 0.10 0.80 0.37 0.70

YACHARAM 78 0.20 1.90 0.72 1.39

NEAR MAKTHA MADARAM

78 0.10 0.90 0.44 0.90

MUCHERLA 78 0.10 1.10 0.43 0.90

AKULAMAILAWARAM 78 0.10 0.90 0.38 0.70

DEBBADAGUDA 78 0.10 0.80 0.33 0.70

NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY 78 0.10 1.20 0.49 1.10

KADTHAL 78 0.20 1.70 0.49 1.20

THATIPARTHI 78 0.10 1.10 0.34 0.75

BEGAR KANCHA 78 0.10 0.80 0.31 0.65

CHAUDHARPALLI 78 0.10 0.70 0.31 0.65

KOTHAPALLI 78 0.10 0.50 0.25 0.50

Overall 1170 0.100 1.90 0.417 1.338

Non-Methane

Hydrocarbon

(ppm)

EKKUVAPALLY 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

NEAR BUTTERFLY CITY 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

NEDUNUR 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

KURIMADA 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

YACHARAM 78 0.01 0.08 0.04 0.08

NEAR MAKTHA MADARAM

78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

MUCHERLA 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

AKULAMAILAWARAM 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

DEBBADAGUDA 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01






NAKKERTHA MEDIPALLY

78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

KADTHAL 78 0.02 0.07 0.04 0.07

THATIPARTHI 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

BEGAR KANCHA 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

CHAUDHARPALLI 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

KOTHAPALLI 78 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01

Overall 624 0.010 0.080 0.041 0.077






PHOTOGRAPHS ON AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING






3.9.4 TRAFFIC STUDY ASSESSMENT The traffic studies have been conducted to know the prevailing traffic

volumes on the roads in the study area. It is essential to consider these

details for assessing the anticipated future traffic volumes as a part of

overall impacts assessment for the project. The variations of traffic

densities depend upon the working days and time and also vary in day

and night times. In order to assess the prevailing traffic volumes on the

roads, the survey was conducted during normal working days of the

week by avoiding local holidays or abnormal situations to reflect the true

picture of the traffic densities.

The Traffic Density was monitored at five relevant locations in the study

area. The names of the locations are presented in Table-3.9.3. The

vehicles plying in both the directions were counted continuously for 24

hours. The vehicles were counted every hour and recorded under the

respective categories. The vehicles were categorized under various heads

like trucks/tankers, buses, multi axles, cars, 2/3 wheelers, cycles and

bullock carts.

The data were recorded once for a day at each location in the month of

January, 2016, for continuous 24 hours in a day. The relevant accounts

have been gathered in Tables-3.9.4 to 3.9.8.

TABLE-3.9.3

LOCATION FOR STUDY OF TRAFFIC DENSITY SL. NO. NAME OF THE LOCATION

1. Near Yacharam

2. Near Kadthal Bus top

3. Near Mirkanpet More

4. Near Kandukur Crossing

5. Near Takkellapalli






TABLE-3.9.4

NAME OF THE LOCATION : Near Yacharam

Date of Survey : 27.01.2017

HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT TWO

WHEELERS TOTAL

HOUR

0700 - 0800 29 35 53 64 181

0800 - 0900 37 32 71 56 196

0900 - 1000 44 57 57 82 240

1000 - 1100 57 43 50 46 196

1100 - 1200 41 24 37 60 162

1200 - 1300 30 30 56 51 167

1300 - 1400 21 49 48 47 165

1400 - 1500 37 36 42 43 158

1500 - 1600 43 41 49 56 189

1600 - 1700 30 29 38 79 176

1700 - 1800 35 36 33 64 168

1800 - 1900 20 22 40 57 139

1900 - 2000 19 28 14 33 93

2000 - 2100 30 21 30 30 111

2100 - 2200 25 32 19 18 94

2200 - 2300 21 19 10 14 64

2300 - 0000 18 11 12 9 50

0000 - 0100 9 6 5 6 26

0100 - 0200 12 8 2 2 24

0200 - 0300 8 5 8 0 21

0300 - 0400 11 9 4 0 25

0400 - 0500 6 4 6 4 21

0500 - 0600 4 8 13 18 43

0600 - 0700 21 5 28 40 94

607 590 725 879

NOTE : HEAVY : Truck, Bus, Cranes.

MEDIUM : Minibus, Matador.Minidor

LIGHT ; Car, Jeep, Auto Rickshaw , Trekker






TABLE-3.9.5

NAME OF THE LOCATION : NEAR KADTHAL BUS STOP


HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT

TWO WHEELERS

TOTAL

HOUR

0700 - 0800 22 24 39 77 162

0800 - 0900 29 30 63 67 189

0900 - 1000 38 46 46 85 215

1000 - 1100 43 53 57 60 213

1100 - 1200 27 28 34 36 125

1200 - 1300 13 36 49 40 138

1300 - 1400 25 52 57 61 195

1400 - 1500 34 43 38 57 172

1500 - 1600 27 59 55 43 184

1600 - 1700 16 35 64 82 197

1700 - 1800 38 40 43 77 198

1800 - 1900 26 21 49 68 164

1900 - 2000 30 32 34 43 139

2000 - 2100 12 18 48 28 106

2100 - 2200 26 29 30 16 101

2200 - 2300 20 15 24 19 78

2300 - 0000 18 22 20 8 68

0000 - 0100 15 9 12 5 41

0100 - 0200 8 5 9 2 24

0200 - 0300 7 8 8 0 23

0300 - 0400 4 6 4 0 14

0400 - 0500 6 10 6 4 26

0500 - 0600 5 7 22 13 47

0600 - 0700 10 16 31 27 84

499 644 842 918

NOTE :

HEAVY : Truck, Bus, Cranes. MEDIUM : Minibus, Matador.Minidor


1






TABLE-3.9.6

NAME OF THE LOCATION : NEAR MIRKANPET MORE


HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT

TWO WHEELERS

TOTAL

HOUR

0700 - 0800 7 4 12 32 55

0800 - 0900 11 8 20 45 84

0900 - 1000 9 13 14 39 75

1000 - 1100 7 10 20 54 91

1100 - 1200 5 4 15 42 66

1200 - 1300 8 17 6 28 59

1300 - 1400 4 7 16 20 47

1400 - 1500 2 8 9 27 46

1500 - 1600 6 11 7 36 60

1600 - 1700 9 5 6 44 64

1700 - 1800 10 7 12 37 66

1800 - 1900 8 8 8 23 47

1900 - 2000 7 3 10 31 51

2000 - 2100 5 5 6 20 36

2100 - 2200 3 3 3 11 20

2200 - 2300 2 1 5 13 21

2300 - 0000 0 2 2 6 10

0000 - 0100 0 0 1 3 4

0100 - 0200 1 0 0 0 1

0200 - 0300 0 0 0 0 0

0300 - 0400 0 0 0 0 0

0400 - 0500 0 2 0 0 2

0500 - 0600 1 6 3 8 18

0600 - 0700 6 10 8 26 50

111 134 183 545


MEDIUM :

Minibus, Matador.Minidor







TABLE-3.9.7

NAME OF THE LOCATION : Near Kandukur Crossing


HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT

TWO WHEELERS

TOTAL

HOUR

0700 - 0800 27 37 38 57 159

0800 - 0900 45 44 52 73 214

0900 - 1000 50 61 40 66 217

1000 - 1100 30 36 56 75 197

1100 - 1200 41 55 42 65 203

1200 - 1300 50 40 63 69 222

1300 - 1400 33 27 47 50 157

1400 - 1500 54 51 50 55 210

1500 - 1600 38 32 37 69 176

1600 - 1700 27 38 56 60 181

1700 - 1800 18 57 48 56 179

1800 - 1900 29 44 57 52 182

1900 - 2000 14 26 49 56 145

2000 - 2100 9 17 5 16 47

2100 - 2200 12 8 2 14 36

2200 - 2300 8 5 8 9 30

2300 - 0000 11 9 4 0 25

0000 - 0100 6 4 6 4 21

0100 - 0200 4 8 13 3 28

0200 - 0300 3 5 8 0 16

0300 - 0400 2 9 4 0 15

0400 - 0500 6 4 6 4 21

0500 - 0600 4 8 13 18 43

0600 - 0700 13 10 13 33 69

534 636 719 905


MEDIUM :








TABLE-3.9.8 NAME OF THE LOCATION : Near Takkellapalli


HEAVY MEDIUM LIGHT

TWO WHEELERS

TOTAL

HOUR

0700 - 0800 6 4 8 35 53

0800 - 0900 4 7 13 50 74

0900 - 1000 2 6 7 38 53

1000 - 1100 5 9 6 24 44

1100 - 1200 3 4 11 33 51

1200 - 1300 6 5 9 23 43

1300 - 1400 3 8 7 32 50

1400 - 1500 6 2 6 40 54

1500 - 1600 7 4 4 33 48

1600 - 1700 5 5 8 19 37

1700 - 1800 4 3 3 24 34

1800 - 1900 2 2 6 16 26

1900 - 2000 5 5 8 19 37

2000 - 2100 4 0 4 27 35

2100 - 2200 5 1 1 16 23

2200 - 2300 3 0 0 11 14

2300 - 0000 2 0 0 4 6

0000 - 0100 0 1 2 2 5

0100 - 0200 0 0 1 0 1

0200 - 0300 1 0 0 0 1

0300 - 0400 0 0 0 0 0

0400 - 0500 0 1 0 1 2

0500 - 0600 1 0 2 5 8

0600 - 0700 0 3 5 11 19

74 70 111 463


MEDIUM :








PHOTOGRAPHS ON TRAFFIC STUDY






3.10 WATER ENVIRONMENT

WATER BODIES IN THE STUDY AREA

The surface water body in the study area/project site is mainly ponds.

There is no river in the study area/project site. Ground water sources are

mainly bore wells, tube wells and dug wells which are scattered in the

whole study area.

PRESENT WATER USE

The water demand of the area can be broadly classified into domestic,

agricultural and industrial. All these demands are met from both surface

and ground water sources.

WATER SAMPLING

The proposed Hyderabad Pharma City will be based on “Zero Liquid

Discharge” concept. It implies that there will not be any liquid discharge

outside the project area. However, to determine the background status

pertaining to both the surface and the ground water quality in the study

area, some relevant locations were selected in and around the proposed

project area.

As surface water, water samples were collected and analyzed from total

seven (7) locations, one from Tummari Cherubu Reservoir and the rest

six from the different village ponds. As ground water, water samples were

collected and analyzed from eight (8) locations from bore wells to assess

the baseline status of the ground water quality in the study area/project

site. All the Surface & Ground Water samples were collected on 18th &

19th January, 2017.

All the samples were analyzed with respect to physical, chemical and

biological parameters including toxic organics and metals, adopting

Standard methods. The locations of the sampling points for both surface

and ground water are tabulated in Table-3.10.1. Surface and ground

water sampling locations is presented in Figure-3.10.1.

3.10.1 SURFACE WATER QUALITY

All the Surface Water samples were collected from seven (7) different

locations (SW1 to SW7) to analyze and assess the surface water quality of

the study area/project site.






Sampling and analysis of surface water were carried out following the

analysis techniques and methodology described in relevant Indian

Standards, the guidelines of the concerned body, American Water Works

Association (AWWA) etc.

Result of Tummari Cheruvu Reservoir Water Quality:

The water quality monitoring result of Tummari Cheruvu Reservoir Water

sample (SW1) have been compiled in Table-3.10.2.

The pH value of the collected Tummari Cheruvu Reservoir water sample

was found 9.4; value of Dissolved Oxygen was observed 8.1 mg/lit.; BOD

was observed 2 mg/lit; Total Dissolved Solids and Total Hardness were

found 331 mg/lit. and 147 mg/lit. respectively; Sulphate, Nitrate and

Chloride were observed 11 mg/lit, 4.2 mg/lit and 69 mg/lit respectively;

Calcium & Magnesium were found 18 mg/lit and 25 mg/lit respectively.

Oil and grease was found below detectable limit (<2.0 mg/lit) in this

sample. Values of Iron content was found 0.12 mg/lit and Zinc content

was found below detectable limit (<0.05 mg/lit.) in this sample.

Heavy metals like copper, lead, mercury, cadmium and chromium of this

water sample were below their respective detection limits.

Overall, the water quality of Tummari Cheruvu Reservoir was found well

within the prescribed limits in terms of the respective parameters except

alkalinity, which was on higher side.

Results of Pond Water Quality:

The water quality monitoring results of six (6) pond water samples (SW2

to SW7) have been compiled in Table-3.10.2.

The pH values of the collected pond water samples were found in the

range of (8.3-9.6). Dissolved Oxygen was observed in the ranges of (5.4 –

8.6) mg/lit. Total Dissolved Solids were found in the ranges of (232-1154)

mg/lit while Total Hardness was found in the ranges of (77-372) mg/lit.

Calcium & Magnesium were found varying in the ranges of (18-38) mg/lit

and (8-40) mg/lit respectively. Oil and grease was below detection limit

(<2.0 mg/lit) in these samples. Sulphate, Nitrate and Chloride were

observed varying in the ranges of (4-75) mg/lit, (1.5-7.4) mg/lit and (19 -

421) mg/lit respectively. Values of Iron and zinc contents were found in

the ranges of (0.08-0.14) and (<0.05-0.07) mg/lit respectively.






Heavy metals like copper, lead, mercury, cadmium and chromium of

these pond water samples (SW2 to SW7) were below their respective

detection limits.

The water quality of all 6 ponds was found within the prescribed limits in

terms of the monitored parameters except alkalinity, which was again on

higher side.

3.10.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY

Eight (8) Ground Water samples were collected from eight bore wells at

different locations to assess the baseline status of ground water quality of

the study area/project site.

Sampling and analysis of ground water were carried out following the

analysis techniques and methodology described in relevant Indian

Standards, the guidelines of the concerned body, American Water Works

Association (AWWA) etc. The ground water quality monitoring results

have been tabulated in Table-3.10.3.

Results of Ground Water quality monitoring:

The pH values of collected ground water samples were found in the range

of (6.8-7.2). Values of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) were found in the

ranges of (642-1452) mg/lit while Total Hardness were found in the

ranges of (415-812) mg/lit. Calcium and Magnesium were found varying

in the ranges of (79-156) mg/lit and (63-115) mg/lit respectively.

Sulphate, Nitrate and Chloride were observed in the ranges of (21-90)

mg/lit, (3.9–8.3) mg/lit and (183-470) mg/lit respectively. Iron contents

were found in the ranges of (0.25-0.48) mg/lit and Zinc contents were

found from below detection limit (<0.05 mg/lit.) to 0.10 mg/lit

respectively. Alkalinity was found in the ranges of (324-759) mg/lit.

Other heavy metals like copper, Chromium, Cadmium, Aluminium and

lead were below their respective detection limits.

While pH, Sulphate, Nitrate, Zinc for all the ground water samples were

within the prescribed limits, the parameters like Total Dissolved Solids,

Total Hardness, Calcium, Magnesium, Chloride & Iron were found

exceeding the prescribed limits for Drinking Water Quality.






TABLE-3.10.1

Water Quality Monitoring Locations

Sample Code Locations Co-ordinates

Surface Water:

SW1 Tummari Cheruvu Reservoir 16°57'49.00"N & 78°27'24.00"E

SW2 Vompuguda (Pond) 16°57'41.00"N & 78°28'45.00"E

SW3 Near Butterfly City (Pond) 17°00'04.78"N & 78°28'17.24"E

SW4 Kadthal (Pond) 16°59'14.90"N & 78°30'19.90"E

SW5 Daserapally (Pond) 17°00'28.40"N & 78°29'43.70"E

SW6 Nakartametapally (Pond) 16°59'58.30"N & 78°39'04.80"E

SW7 Sarlaravulapally (Pond) 17°02'12.20"N & 78°32'28.90"E

Ground Water:

GW1 Sarikonda (Bore Well) 16°54'46.23"N & 78°37'27.07"E

GW2 Mucherla (Bore Well) 17°00'47.40"N & 78°31'08.30"E

GW3 Kurmidda (Bore Well) 17°01'56.30"N & 78°34'27.80"E

GW4 Gollaguda (Thatiparti) (Bore Well) 16°59'55.70"N & 78°35'46.80"E

GW5 Nakarta Matapally (Bore Well) 16°59'59.60"N & 78°38'59.30"E

GW6 Yacharam (Bore Well) 17°01'46.20"N & 78°40'26.00"E

GW7 Nedunur (Bore Well) 17°02'07.76"N & 78°27'02.76"E

GW8 Near Butterfly City (Bore Well) 16°59'05.98"N & 78°30'00.61"E






FIGURE-3.10.1 : SURFACE & GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS






PHOTOGRAPHS ON SURAFCE & GROUND WATER SAMPLING






TABLE-3.10.2

Surface Water Quality

Sl.

No.

Parameters Unit SAMPLE CODES

SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

1 Colour Hazen unit <5 <5 <5 <5

2 Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj. Unobj.

3 pH - 9.4 9.6 8.5 8.6

4 Conductivity µmhos/cm 500 600 400 1000

5 D.O. mg/L 8.1 8.6 7.8 6.2

6 B.O.D. mg/L 2 1 3 5

7 Ammonia (mg/L as N) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

8 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 331 354 232 626

9 Oil and Grease mg/L <2 <2 <2 <2

10 Cyanide ( as CN) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

11 Phenol (as C6H5OH) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

12 Total Hardness

(as CaCO3) mg/L 147 158 145 240

13 Total Alkalinity

(as CaCO3) mg/L 211 107 184 374

14 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 69 47 28 142

15 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 11 69 4 23

16 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 4.2 2.8 2.2 7.4

17 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 2.3 2.5 2 2.5

18 Sodium (as Na) mg/L 65 60 25 140

19 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 18 36 32 36

20 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 25 16 16 37

21 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

22 Chromium (VI) (as Cr) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

23 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

24 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

25 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.07

26 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

27 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.12 0.14 0.1 0.13

28 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

29 Arsenic (as As) ppb <2 <2 <2 <2

30 Mercury (as Hg) ppb <1 <1 <1 <1

31 Selenium (as Se) ppb <2 <2 <2 <2

32 PAH ppb <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

33 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 220 430 350 920

Unobj. – Unobjectional

CODE LOCATION NAME

SW1 Tummari Cheruvu Reservoir SW2 Vompuguda (Pond) SW3 Near Butterfly City (Pond) SW4 Kadthal (Pond)






TABLE-3.10.2 (Continued)

Surface Water Quality

Sl.

No.

Parameters Unit SAMPLE CODES

SW5 SW6 SW7

1 Colour Hazen unit <5 <5 <5

2 Odour - Unobj. Unobj. Unobj.

3 pH - 8.3 9.1 8.5

4 Conductivity µmhos/cm 500 2000 400

5 D.O. mg/L 7.4 5.4 6.2

6 B.O.D. mg/L 4 6 4

7 Ammonia (mg/L as N) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

8 Total Dissolved Solids mg/L 292 1154 249

9 Oil and Grease mg/L <2 <2 <2

10 Cyanide ( as CN) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

11 Phenol (as C6H5OH) mg/L <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

12 Total Hardness

(as CaCO3) mg/L 121 372 77

13 Total Alkalinity

(as CaCO3) mg/L 195 374 167

14 Chloride (as Cl) mg/L 19 421 36

15 Sulphate (as SO4) mg/L 41 75 14

16 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 3.2 4.5 1.5

17 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 1.8 1 0.5

18 Sodium (as Na) mg/L 55 280 60

19 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 31 83 18

20 Magnesium (as Mg) mg/L 11 40 8

21 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

22 Chromium (VI) (as Cr) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

23 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

24 Manganese (as Mn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

25 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

26 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

27 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.08 0.13 0.08

28 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

29 Arsenic (as As) ppb <2 <2 <2

30 Mercury (as Hg) ppb <1 <1 <1

31 Selenium (as Se) ppb <2 <2 <2

32 PAH ppb <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

33 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 540 1600 280


CODE LOCATION NAME

SW5 Daserapally (Pond) SW6 Nakartametapally (Pond) SW7 Sarlaravulapally (Pond)






TABLE-3.10.3

Ground Water Quality

Sl.

No.

Parameter Unit SAMPLE CODE

GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4


2 Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

3 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Turbidity NTU <1 <1 <1 <1

5 pH - 6.9 6.8 6.9 6.9

6 Free Residual Chlorine mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1


8 Cyanide ( as CN) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05


10 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 527 782 584 812

11 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 451 561 759 506



14 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 8.3 7.0 5.7 6.3

15 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.94 0.81 0.69 0.58

16 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 95 156 92 141


18 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

19 Chromium (as Cr) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

20 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05


22 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.06 0.1 0.07 0.06

23 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

24 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.41 0.39 0.33 0.43

25 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

26 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

27 Arsenic (as As) ppb <2 3 <2 <2



30 PAH ppb <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

31 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml absent absent absent absent


CODE LOCATION NAME

GW1 Sarikonda (Bore Well) GW2 Mucherla (Bore Well) GW3 Kurmidda (Bore Well) GW4 Golaguda (Thatiparti) (Bore Well)






TABLE-3.10.3 (Continued)

Ground Water Quality

Sl.

No.

Parameter Unit SAMPLE CODE

GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8


2 Odour - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

3 Taste - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4 Turbidity NTU <1 <1 <1 <1

5 pH - 6.9 7.1 6.8 7.2

6 Free Residual Chlorine mg/L <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1


8 Cyanide ( as CN) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05


10 Total Hardness (as CaCO3) mg/L 663 673 415 456

11 Total Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 583 525 324 412



14 Nitrate (as NO3) mg/L 4.6 6.7 3.9 5.3

15 Fluoride (as F) mg/L 0.92 0.98 0.73 0.81

16 Calcium (as Ca) mg/L 140 79 82 79


18 Boron (as B) mg/L <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

19 Chromium (as Cr) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

20 Copper (as Cu) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05


22 Zinc (as Zn) mg/L 0.05 <0.05 <0.05 0.06

23 Cadmium (as Cd) mg/L <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003

24 Iron (as Fe) mg/L 0.34 0.48 0.25 0.34

25 Lead (as Pb) mg/L <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05

26 Aluminium (as Al) mg/L <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03

27 Arsenic (as As) ppb <2 4 <2 <2



30 PAH ppb <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

31 Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml absent absent absent absent


CODE LOCATION NAME

GW5 Nakartamatapally (Bore Well) GW6 Yacharam (Bore Well) GW7 Nedunur (Bore Well) GW8 Kadthal, Near Butterfly City (Bore Well)






3.11 NOISE

The word noise is derived from the Latin term “Nausea”. It has been

defined as unwanted sound, a potential hazard to health and

communication dumped into the environment with regard to the

adverse effect it may have on unwilling ears and it causes irritation

and discomfort. Sources of noise are many, but it is always higher in

urban and industrial areas than the rural one. Industries expose their

workers to high noise load for long period of work every day.

3.11.1 MAJOR SOURCES OF NOISE IN THE STUDY AREA

Vehicular movement on the roads is the major source of noise in the

study area. Besides, there are also a number of other domestic noise

sources such as television, radio, loud speakers, etc.

3.11.2 AMBIENT NOISE MONITORING

In the present study, sound level meter was used to measure sound

pressure levels. Since loudness of sound is important for its effects on

people, the dependence of loudness on frequency must be taken into

account in environmental noise assessment. This has been achieved

by using A-weighting filters in the noise measuring instrument which

gives a direct reading of approximate loudness. Moreover, A-weighted

equivalent continuous sound pressure level (Leq) values have been

computed from the values of A-weighted sound pressure level (SPL)

measured with the help of a noise meter.

A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the

major noise sources in the area. The sampling location in the area was

identified considering location of industry, commercial shopping complex

activities, residential areas with various traffic activity and sensitive

areas like hospital, court, temple, schools etc.

At each location, readings were taken at uniform interval over a

twenty-four hours period, divided into day and night shifts. For a

particular location daytime Leq has been computed from the SPL

values measured between 6.00 A.M to 10.00 P.M and night time Leq

from the SPL values measured between 10.01 P.M to 5.59 A.M, such

that comparison could be made with the National Ambient Noise

Standards.






3.11.3 NOISE LEVELS IN THE STUDY AREA

A total of Eighteen (18) locations within the study area as well as in

the project site have been selected for measurement of ambient noise

levels, covering commercial, residential areas as well as sensitive

zones. Noise monitoring locations is presented in Figure-3.11.1.

Monitoring was done, covering both day and night time. Noise levels in

Leq at the respective locations separately for Day and Night time have

been presented in Table-3.11.1 and Figure-3.11.2.

During the day time, the equivalent noise levels were found to vary in

the range of (45.6-64.1) dB(A) while in the night time, the equivalent

noise levels were observed to be varying in the ranges of (39.3-48.0)

dB(A). In the daytime, the highest value of equivalent noise level

pressure was found to be 64.1 dB (A) at Kadthal, while the lowest

value was found to be 45.6 dB(A) at Pulimamundi forest. In the night-

time, the highest value of equivalent noise level pressure was found to

be 48.0 dB(A) at Debbaudgurda, while the lowest value was found to

be 39.3 dB(A) at Pulimamundi forest. As usual, the day time noise

levels were found to be higher than those observed at night level.

N.B.: Day time is reckoned between 0600 HOURS TO 2200 HOURS.

SL.

NO.

CODE

NO.

NAME OF LOCATIONS EQUIVALENT NOISE LEVEL

Leq in dB(A)

DAY NIGHT

1 N1 Ekkuvapally 53.6 44.2

2 N2 Kurimidda 56.4 46.5

3 N3 Medpally Forest 48.3 39.8

4 N4 Begar Kancha 55.6 43.0

5 N5 Near Kadthal Reserve Forest 50.1 40.2

6 N6 Kadthal 64.1 47.8

7 N7 Pulimamidi forest 45.6 39.3

8 N8 Yacharam 59.4 47.5

9 N9 Makkha Madram 54.2 45.0

10 N10 Deserlapaly near Butterfly city 55.4 45.8

11 N11 Chaudharpally 56.1 47.1

12 N12 Village Medunur 55.8 46.6

13 N13 Mucherla 57.4 47.9

14 N14 Nakertha Medipally 56.1 46.2

15 N15 Kathapally 54.6 46.8

16 N16 Thatiparthi 55.8 44.5

17 N17 Akulamaila waram 55.2 46.5

18 N18 Debbadaguda 58.1 48.0

TABLE – 3.11.1 Equivalent Noise Level in the Study Area/Project Site, Leq in dB(A)






Night Time is reckoned between 2200 HOURS TO 0600 HOURS.

FIGURE – 3.11.1 : NOISE MONITORING LOCATIONS

FIGURE-3.11.2

RESULTS OF AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING






PHOTOGRAPHS ON NOISE MONITORING






3.12 ECOLOGY 3.12.1 INTRODUCTION

The concept of ecology has been increasingly used as conceptual focus for conservation policy and to measure species extinction and ecosystem loss in response to natural and human induced selection pressures.

Natural flora and fauna is an integral component of Eco-system and is a good indicator of Environmental quality of the habitat. Different communities present in it show different degree of responses and

sensitiveness to physical (biotic) influences. Therefore, any environmental analysis where integration of ecological thoughts into

planning process is required, the analysis of biological status of the area is very important to project possible deterioration in natural environment on account of Industrial development in the area and designing suitable

management corrective action plan. In addition to the field study, literature review/desk research was carried

out to determine the existing conditions within the study area and to identify habitats and species of potential importance that may be affected

by the project. The basic objectives of these studies are as follows:

To collect relevant information of the forests, floral and faunal

accounts, agricultural and livestock information from both

secondary sources and field survey (primary data).

To study the phytosociology of the forests

To study the floral and faunal accounts of water bodies

To assess the various degrees of stress on ecosystem component

if any

To record the endemic and endangered species status of existing

flora & fauna of the study area

3.12.2 Survey Methodology

Initial rapid reconnaissance of biotic components (flora and fauna) recording in the core and buffer region (10 km around the project area)

was made. This was followed by detailed analysis conducted on distribution of flora & fauna and forest types of the area, and then vegetation cover of both terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems were

undertaken.






For phytosociological study of forest area, adjoining the project site, a

good number of 10x10 meter quadrats were laid down and subsequently vegetation analysis was carried out by adoption of standard method.

3.12.3 Terrestrial Ecology:

The project area is primarily considered as degraded upland with

undulating terrain with sparse vegetation cover which is in some places

surrounded by a number of degraded reserve forest (R.F). The detailed

list of reserve forest (RF) is given below.

TABLE-3.12.1

Reserve Forest details

Sl. No.

Name of Reserve Forest (R.F) as per

forest record

District jurisdiction Area in Hectares

1. Gumadevelli RF Rangareddy District 1003

2. Tippareddipalli RF Rangareddy District -

3. Kartal RF Mahabubnagar District 816

4. Mudhivennu RF Mahabubnagar District 3927

5. Ramnutla RF Mahabubnagar District 1738

The prime forest area belongs to dry deciduous forest type with sporadic

semi dominant evergreen patches. The canopy cover of the forests is

mostly 10-15%.

The dominant species are Anogeissus latifolia, Tectona grandis, Boswellia

serrata, Butea monosperma, Diospyros melanoxylon, Cochlospermum

religiosum, Gardenia latifolia, Givotia moluccana, Gyrocarpus americanus,

Lannea coromandelica, Sterculia villosa, Strychnos potatorum, Terminalia

bellirica, Terminalia tomentosa, Chloroxylon swietenia, Pterocarpus

marsupium, Albizia odoratissima, Adina cordifolia, Cassia fistula and

Dalbergia sisoo.

Other than forest area, there are a number of plantations and orchards

around village settlement areas distributed in sporadic manner.

The ground cover herbs & grasses are sparsely vegetated.

A few common grasses are Cymbopogon coloratus, Fimbristylis alboviridis,

Cyperus clarkei, Dichanthium filiculme, Digitaria tomentosa, Cynodon

barberi and Eragrostis unioloides. The dominants herbs of the forest area






are Abutilon neilgherrense, Alysicarpus longifolius, Barclaya longifolia,

Atylosia lineata, Cleome viscosa, Crotalaria hirsuta, Indigofera

mysorensis, Flemingia nana and Plectranthus caninus.

There are various patches of cultivated area in between the peripheral

Reserve Forest (RF) zone. Various kinds of kharif and rabi crops are

grown primarily with monsoon rain and to some extent with shallow

irrigation.

By and large the area is primarily water scarce. Endemic and rare

species are mostly not observed in the study area. There are good

number of common medicinal plants planted by the villagers near the

village settlement.

Forest patches are highly fragmented with anthropogenic activities like

encroachment in the Reserve Forest (RF) region. Except highly degraded

dry deciduous RF, there is no other ecologically sensitive area in the

project site & buffer zone. By and large, there are no schedule-I animals

reported in the nearby forest areas of the project site.

No national monument and important religious site have been noticed

either within project area or in its immediate vicinity.

This area is not very much disaster prone of any kind.

3.12.3.1 Flora: There are Reports of rich flora in the Rangareddy district of

Telangana state where the proposed project is primarily located. An

account of common flora of the region is discussed below:

Table – 3.12.2

Common floral checklist of the project area and surrounding buffer zone

Major

categories

with Sl. No.

Scientific name Status of

occurrence

Common name

(A) Trees

1 Anogeissus latifolia VC Dhaura

2 Bassia latifolia C Mahua

3 Semecarpus anacardium VC Washerman Ink






Major

categories

with Sl. No.


occurrence

Common name

4 Tectona grandis VC Teak

5 Terminalia tomentosa VC Arjun

6 Butea monosperma VC Palas

7 Boswellia serrata C -

8 Diospyros melanoxylon C Kend

9 Cochlospermum

religiosum

C Simal

10 Lannea coromandelica C -

11 Strychnos potatorum C Kuchila

12 Terminalia bellerica C Bahera

13 Chloroxylon swietenia C -

14 Pterocarpus marsupium C Katchampa

15 Albizia odoratissima C Siris

16 Adina cordifolia C -

17 Cassia fistula C Amaltas

18 Dalbergia sissoo C Sisso

19 Erythrina indica F Mother

20 Ficus benghalensis C Pipal

21 Holoptelea integrifolia C -

22 Pongamia glabra C Karanj

23 Delonix regia F Gulmohar

24 Tamarindus indica F Tarmarind

25 Bauhinia acuminata F Kanchan

26 Peltophorum inerme F Radhachura

27 Acacia auriculiformis C Sonajhuri

28 Pithecellobium dulce C Manila tamarind

29 Samanea saman C Rain tree

30 Aegle marmelos C Bel

31 Feronia elephantum C Elephant apple

32 Melia azedarach F Neem

33 Swietenia mahagoni F Mahogany

34 Ziziphus xylocarpus C Ber

35 Kydia calycina C -

36 Sterculia foetida F

37 Lagerstroemia flos-

reginae

F Indian lilac






Major

categories

with Sl. No.


occurrence

Common name

38 Terminalia catappa F Indian Almond

39 Syzygium cumini F Jam

40 Alstonia scholaris F Chatim

41 Holarrhena

antidysenterica

F Wall Kurchi

42 Gmelina arborea F Gamar

43 Phoenix sylvestris F Datepalm

44 Borassus flabellifer F Fan palm

45 Callistemon speciosus F Bottle blurs

46 Polyalthia longifolia F Debdaru

47 Phyllanthus emblica C Amlaki

(B) Shrubs:

48 Lantana camara C Lantana

49 Ipomoea fistulosa F Berakalmi

50 Ricinus communis F Castor

51 Bougainvillea spectabilis F Baganbilas

52 Annona squamosa VC Custard apple

53 Murraya exotica F Orange jasmine

54 Jatropha curcas F Physic nut

55 Phyllanthus niruri F -

56 Woodfordia floribunda F -

57 Lawsonia alba F Henna plant

58 Abutilon indicum F -

59 Barleria cristata F -

60 Opuntia dillenii F -

61 Glycosmis pentaphylla C -

62 Nyctanthes arbor-tristis F Siuli

63 Plumeria acutifolia F Pagoda tree

64 Calotropis procera F Akanda

65 Vitex negundo F Nisenda

66 Datura metel F Dhutara

67 Anisomeles ovata F -

68 Hyptis suaveolens F -

69 Capparis spinosa F -

(C) Herbs/ Climbers:






Major

categories

with Sl. No.


occurrence

Common name

70 Tephrosia purpurea F -

71 Mimosa pudica F -

72 Eragrostis tenella F -

73 Fimbristylis alboviridis F -

74 Digitaria ternata F -

75 Eragrostis unioloides F -

76 Cymbopogon coloratus F -

77 Cleome viscosa F -

78 Crotalaria hirsuta F -

79 Plectranthus caninus F -

80 Blumea lacera F -

81 Urena lobata F -

82 Sida rhombifolia F -

83 Solanum nigrum F -

84 Solanum xanthocarpum F -

85 Phyla nodiflora F -

86 Ipomoea biloba R -

87 Spermacoce hispida F -

88 Ruellia prostrata F -

89 Cyperus rotundus F -

90 Synedrella nodiflora F -

91 Tridax procumbens F -

92 Cephalandra indica F -

93 Commelina benghalensis F -

94 Vanda tessellata F -

95 Loranthus indica F -

96 Euphorbia hirta F -

97 Centella asiatica F -

98 Amaranthus spinosus F -

VC – very common, C – common, F – Frequent, R – Rare

3.12.3.2 Phytosociological study of Forest Area:

A brief phytosociological account of vegetation cover of few selected

reserve forest (RF) is discussed below:






Table – 3.12.3

Phytosociological Analysis of Forest cover

Name of the

Reserve Forest

Plant species Density

(No/hec)

Frequency

(%)

IVI

1. Mudlivennu RF 1. Semecarpus anacardium 30 10 2.9

2. Anogeissus latifolia 20 10 2.8

3. Cassia fistula 50 20 1.5

4. Tectona grandis 40 10 2.5

5. Annona squamosa 120 10 1.7

6. Lantana camara 80 15 1.2

7. Diospyros embryopteris 40 10 2.7

8. Ziziphus xylocarpus 30 20 5.4

9. Terminalia spp. 50 10 3.9

2. Kartal RF 1. Anogeissus latifolia 50 20 5.7

2. Strychnos potatorum 20 10 2.3

3. Annona squamosa 60 20 5.2

4. Diospyros embryopteris 20 10 2.3

5. Butea monosperma 20 10 2.3

6. Tecoma stans 10 10 1.5

7. Combretum 10 10 1.4

8. Sterculia villosa 20 10 1.5

9. Albizia odoratissima 20 10 2.0

3. Tippareddipalli RF 1. Dalbergia sissoo 30 20 5.6

2. Butea monosperma 20 10 3.5

3. Bassia latifolia 20 10 2.7

4. Terminalia catappa 20 20 3.5

5. Samanea saman 30 10 2.8

6. Lantana camara 50 20 5.7

7. Alstonea scholaris 30 10 2.6

8. Gmelina arborea 10 10 1.5

9. Holarrhena

antidysenterica

30 20 3.8

IVI – Importance value Index






From the above study it appears that forest cover is less than 10% except

a few patches. There is continuous fire wood extraction and open grazing

by cattle of the local area, the forest cover is declining very fast.

In the past, there are reports of good forest cover in some parts, but with

passage of time, anthropogenic activities have caused fragmentation of

forest patches leading to degradation of virgin forest cover.

3.12.3.3 Fauna:

The common faunal accounts of the study area of proposed Pharma city

regions are discussed below.

(A) Butterflies: A good number butterflies are observed during survey

period in Feb., 2017. They are listed below.

Table – 3.12.4 Butterfly Fauna

Sl.

No.

Common Name Distribution

Status

Scientific Name

1 Common mormon VC Papilio polytes

2. Cloudless sulphur C Phoebis sennae

3. Common buckeye C Junonia coenia

4. Common evening brown VC Melanitis leda

5. Angled coster - Ariadne ariadne

6. Plain Tiger VC Danaus chrysippus

7. Lime butterfly VC Papilio demoleus

8. Tailed jay C Graphium agamemnon

9 Common castor C Ariadne merione

10. Lemon pansy NR Junonia lemonias

11. Common cerulean VR Jamides celeno

12. Glassy tiger NR Parantica aglea

13. Common pierrot VC Castalius rosimon

14. Palegrass blue VC Pseudozizeeria maha

15. Lime blue R Chilades laius

VC – Very common (>100 shifting),

C – Common (50 – 100 shifting),

NR – Not rare (15 – 15 shifting),

R – rare (2-15 shifting), VR – Very rare (1-2 shifting)






(B) Amphibians: As water bodies are very less in the study area, amphibians are seen only in small perennial water pools. Some of them are listed below.

Table – 3.12.5

Amphibians Fauna

Sl. No.

Common Name Distribution Status

Scientific Name

1 Indian bull frog C Rana tigrina

2. Skipping frog C Rana cyanophlyctis

3. Common Indian toad C Bufo melanostictus

All belongs to Sch- IV

(C) Reptiles: Among the reptiles, lizard and snakes are often encountered during survey period.

Table – 3.12.6 Reptile fauna

Sl. No.

Common Name Distribution Status

Wildlife Schedule

Scientific Name

1 Garden lizard C Sch-IV Calotes versicolor

2. Common skink VC Sch-IV Mabuya carinata

3. Common Keelback C Sch-IV Natrix stolata

4. Common rat snake C Sch-II Ptyas mucosus

5. Common krait VC Sch-II Vipera sp.

6. Check eared

keelback

C Sch-II Xenochrophis piscator

VC – Very common, C – Common

(D) Birds: During survey period (winter i.e., Feb., 2017), a good number of birds have been seen in jungles, village settlement areas and agricultural fields.

A Checklist is given below.

Table – 3.12.7 Avian Fauna

Sl. No.

Common Name Distribution

Status

Wildlife Schedule

Scientific Name

1 Cormorant VC Sch-IV Phalacrocorax niger

2. Pond Heron C Sch-IV Ardeola grayii






3. Grey Heron C Sch-IV Ardea cinerea

4. Little Erget C Sch-IV Egretta garzetta

5. Cattle Erget C Sch-IV Bubulcus ibis

6. Common pochard VC Sch-IV Aythya ferina

7. Cotton Teal C Sch-IV Nettapus

coromandelianus

8. Black kite C Sch-IV Milvus migrans

9. Brahminy kite C Sch-IV Haliastur Indus

10. White-rumped vulture VC Sch-IV Gpys bengalensis

11. Common Peafowl C Sch-IV Pavo cristatus

12. Common Moorhen VC Sch-IV Gallinula chloropus

13. Common Coot C Sch-IV Fulica atra

14. Blue Rock Pigeon VC Sch-IV Columba livia

15 Spotted Dove C Sch-IV Streptopelia chinensis

16 Rose Ringed Parakeet VC Sch-IV Psittacula krameri

17 Asian Koel C Sch-IV Eudynamys scolopacea

18 Spotted owlet C Sch-IV Athene brama

19 Palm VC Sch-IV Cypsiurus parvus

20 Common blue Kingfisher C Sch-IV Alcedo atthis

21 Common Grey Hornbill C Sch-IV Tockus birostris

22 Coppersmith C Sch-IV Megalaima

haemacephala

23 Black Drongo VC Sch-IV Dicrurus adsimilis

24 Common Myna C Sch-IV Acridotheres tristis

25 Jungle Myna C Sch-IV Acridotheres fuscus

26 Bramhiny Myna C Sch-IV Sturnus pagodarum

27 House Crow VC Sch-IV Corvus splendens

28 Scarlet Minivet C Sch-IV Pericrocotus flammeus

29 Red vented Bulbul C Sch-IV Pycnonotus cafer

30 Jungle Babbler VC Sch-IV Turdoides striatus

31 Indian Paradise flycatcher C Sch-IV Terpsiphone paradisi

32 Tailor Bird C Sch-IV Orthotomus sutorius

33 Paddy field Pipit C Sch-IV Anthus novaeseelandiae

34 Purple sunbird C Sch-IV Nectarinia asiatica

35 House Sparrow C Sch-IV Passer domesticus

36 Weaver Bird C Sch-IV Ploceus philippinus

37 Spotted Munia C Sch-IV Lonchura punctulata

38 Black Breasted sunbird C Sch-IV Aethopyga saturata






39 Spotted Munia VC Sch-IV Lonchura punctulata

40 Green Bee Eater C Sch-IV Merops orientalis

VC – Very common, C – Common, Mildlife – Schedule-IV

(E) Mammals: During field survey, certain mammalian species were seen in jungle areas and also reported to exist in the vicinity of the village

settlements. The details are given below.

Table – 12.3.8

Mammalian fauna

Sl.

No.

Common Name Status of

Distribution

Status as

per Wildlife Schedule

Scientific Name

1 Small Indian Civet C Sch-III Viverricula indica

2. Bengal Fox C Sch-III Vulpes bengalensis

3. Jungle Cat R Sch-II Felis chaus

4. Bandicoot Rat VC Sch-V Bandicota indica

5. Lesser fruit Bat C Sch-V Cynopterus sphinx

6. Field Mouse C Sch-V Mus booduga

Most of the animal species belong to Schedule IV & III except a few belong

to Schedule II. There are no endemic and endangered species. There are no

national parks, sanctuaries, or biosphere reserves within the radius of 15-

20 km area around the proposed project site.

3.12.4 Aquatic Ecology

Some small water bodies have been noted during the survey in the survey

zone. No river or canal is passing through the project site. An account of

aquatic flora (macrophytes), planktons, fresh water fishes and water birds

are observed during survey in core and buffer zone.

3.12.4.1 Macrophytes: A good number of macrophytes are reported from the study

area. Table – 3.12.9

Macrophytes Checklist

Sl. No. Scientific Name Growth forms

1 Eichhornea crassipes Floating

2 Ipomoea aquatica Floating

3 Pistia stratiotes Floating

4 Salvinia natans Floating

5 Hydrilla spiralis Submerged

6 Sagittaria sagittifolia Reeds






7 Alternanthera philoxeroides Reeds

8 Typha angustifolia Reeds

9 Azolla pinnata Floating

10 Ludwigia parviflora Floating

3.12.4.2 Planktons: As the perennial water bodies either stagnant or flowing, are

very less, plankton collection and load enumeration is very difficult. Only a

checklist is prepared.

Table – 3.12.10 Checklist of Planktons

(A) Phytoplankton (B) Zooplankton

1. Microcystis sp. 1. Brachionus sp.

2. Navicula sp. 2. Daplenia sp.

3. Oscillatoria sp. 3. Copepodes

4. Anabaena sp. 4. Cladocerans

5. Nostoc sp.

6. Chlorella sp.

7. Scenedesmus sp.

8. Cymbella sp.

3.12.4.2 Fishes: There are a few places where fresh water carp culture has been

noticed. These areas lie in the buffer zone. The common fishes are as follows.

Table – 3.12.11

Fresh Water fishes of water bodies

Sl. No. Scientific Name Common Name

1 Labeo rohita Rahu

2 Catla catla Catla

3 Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal

4 Labeo bata Bata

5 Mystus cavasius Tangra

6 Puntius ticto Punti

3.12.4.3 Water Birds: There are sporadic occurrence water bird is swamps, which

are included in bird Checklist under terrestrial ecology.

3.12.5 Overall comment on flora & fauna distribution

On the basis of field observation none of the plants or animals in the study

area are said to be endemic and/or endanger.






PHOTOGRAPHS RELATED TO ECOLOGICAL STUDY






3.13 DEMOGRAPHY & SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS 3.13.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The growth of industrial sectors and infrastructure developments in and

around the agriculture dominant areas, village and towns is bound to

create its impact on the socio-economic aspects of the local population of

the area experiencing development. The impacts may be positive or

negative depending upon the development activity. To assess the

anticipated impacts of the project and industrial growth on the socio-

economic aspects of people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-

economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making

efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area under study.

The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements,

demography, and social strata such as Scheduled Castes and Scheduled

Tribes and literacy levels besides infrastructure facilities available in the

study area. The economic aspects include occupational structure of

workers.

The Baseline Demographic and Socio economic characteristics with

regards to demography, literacy and occupational status have been

described based on the Primary Census Abstract, 2011. The proposed

Hyderabad Pharma City is situated in Kandukur, yacharam and kadthal

Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in the State of Telangana. A total of

232 villages fall under the study area including the project site. The

study area including the proposed project comprises of Maheswaram,

Kandukur, Ibrahimpatnam, Manchal, Yacharam Mandals of Ranga

Reddy District and Kothur, Keshampet, Talakondapalle, Amangal,

Madgul, Veldanda Mandals of Mahaboobnagar District in the State of

Telangana. Two urban areas namely Ibrahimpatnam (Bagath) & Kothur

Census Town are also in the study area.

Majority of the area is rural in nature and moderately populated with the

total population of 6,27,941 (as per 2011 Census). Scheduled Caste (SC)

and Scheduled Tribe (ST) population is about 20.16% and 14.34% of the

total population respectively. The sex ratio in the study area is about 942

females per 1000 males. The overall literacy rate is about 51.7%. In the

major portion of the study area principal language is Telugu. The

primary source of drinking water is Bore wells, which is distributed by

pipeline network in most of the villages.






3.13.2 DEMOGRAPHIC ASPECTS

Average Household Size:

The Study area/project site has an average family size of around 4.0

persons per household. This is considered to be a normal family size in

Telangana State.

Overall population and family size:

As per 2011 census, the total population in the area is 6,27,941. Total

population, No. of Household & family size have been shown below in

Table-3.13.1.

Table-3.13.1

Population density and family size

Particulars Number

No. of Household

Family Size

Male Population

Female Population

Total Population

145092

4.0

323268

304673

627941

Source: Census of India, 2011

Sex Ratio:

According to 2011 census, the sex ratio (female per 1000 male) of the

rural segment in the study area is 941, which is comparatively little

lower than the urban segment i.e., 971. As a whole sex ratio of the study

area is 942.

Population structure:

As per 2011 census total rural population within the study area is

605073 having 51.51% of male and 48.49% of female population. In

comparison with rural population, total urban population within the

study area is 22868 with male and female population is 50.74% &

49.26% respectively. As a whole total population within the study area is

627941 with total male and total female population is 51.48% & 48.52%

respectively. The above table reveals that about 96.36% of the total

population within the study area belongs to the rural area, which shows

the rural nature of the study area.






As per 2011 census, the Scheduled caste (SC) population in the rural

sector of the study area is 20.23% of the total rural population, which is

quite higher than the urban sector of the study area, which is 18.17% of

the total urban population. As a whole, SC population is 20.16% w.r.t.

the total population in the study area.

As per 2011 census, Scheduled Tribe (ST) population in the rural sector

of the study area is 14.76% of the total rural population which is higher

than the urban sector of the study area, which is 3.29% of the total

urban population. As a whole, ST population is 14.34% w.r.t. the total

population in the study area.

The total population structure with scheduled caste and scheduled tribe

population has been shown in Table-3.13.2.

Table-3.12.2

Population Structure

Area

Number of population

Number of Household

Total Population Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribe

Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female Total

Rural

Urban

311664

11604

293409

11264

605073

22868

62427

1919

59990

2235

122417

4154

46647

304

42668

448

89315

752

140047

5045

Total 323268 304673 627941 64346 62225 126571 46951 43116 90067 145092


Literacy Level:

Total literacy rate in rural sector of the study area is 51.1% of the total

rural population whereas male literacy rate is 60.2% of the total rural

male population and female literacy rate is 41.5% of total rural female

population while total literacy rate in urban sector of the study area is

65.4% of the total urban population where male literacy rate is 70.9% of

the total urban male population and female literacy rate is 59.8% of the

total urban female population. The overall literacy rate in the study area

is about 51.7% w.r.t. the total population where male literacy rate is

60.6% (w.r.t. the total male population) and female literacy rate is 42.2%

(w.r.t. the total female population). Population classification for literates

in the study area is presented Table-3.13.3.






Table-3.13.3

Literacy Level

Area No. of Literates

Male Female Total

Rural

Urban

187693

8228

121759

6734

309452

14962

Total 195921 128493 324414


Educational Facilities:

There are several primary schools and high schools present in the area.

In the Survey it was found that Sarbyasiksha Abhyan has entered in the

villages with very ambitious venture spreading Rural Mass Education.

Some Plus Two Level Schools are situated side by side Class X Schools.

One J.P. School has been found to propagate higher education due to the

presence of well knitted transport facility.

Although the Govt. of India in 2006 declared Ranga Reddy and

Mahaboobnagar Districts among most backward districts in India yet

people of the reporting areas by and large are fascinated to study in the

Universities like Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University and

Osmania University. Scope of employment after higher education will be

improved after the implementation of the Project. This will create

potential to the growth of the people by creating employment

opportunities.

3.13.3 OCCUPATIONAL STRUCTURE

The occupational status of workers and non-workers has been shown in

Table-3.13.4.

The occupational structure of population in the study area is studied

with reference to main workers and marginal workers. As per Census of

India, all persons engaged in 'work' defined as participation in any

economically productive activity with or without compensation, wages or

profit are workers. The Reference period for determining a person as






worker and non-worker is one year preceding the date of enumeration

The Census classifies Total Workers into two groups namely, (i) Main

workers (ii) Marginal workers. Main Workers are those workers who had

worked for the major part of the reference period i.e. 6 months or more.

Marginal Workers are those workers who had not worked for the major

part of the reference period i.e. less than 6 months.

The main workers include 10 categories of workers defined by the

Census Department, which consists of cultivators, agricultural laborers,

those engaged in live-stock, forestry, fishing, mining and quarrying;

manufacturing, processing and repairs in household industry; and other

than household industry, construction, trade and commerce, transport

and communication and other services.

Majorities of the people are engaged in agriculture out of which a good

number are cultivating Fruits, Vegetables, Ayurvedic plants and custard

Apples. Many cultivators are found to be converting their cultivable land

from Tobacco to Cotton and Nuts. This creates a better flavor in the

community in as much as they get better returns out of such

transformation.

Poultry farming with large scale production of eggs and hatcheries are

found in the area giving high returns vis-à-vis well standard of living of

the people. Presence of small stationery shops as well as small village

markets clustered round the Reporting Area.

Workers and Non-workers:

Total Worker in rural areas is 49.5% of the total rural population of

605073 and Total Worker in urban areas is 36.7% of the total urban

population of 22868, while overall total worker is 49.1% of the overall

total population of 627941 in the study area according to 2011 Census.

The total workers are divided into main and marginal workers.

Main Worker in rural areas is 86.4% of the total rural worker of 299702

and Main worker in urban areas is 93.1% of the total urban worker of

8385, while overall total Main worker is 86.6% of the overall total worker

of 308087 in the study area according to 2011 Census.

Marginal Worker in rural areas is 13.6% of the total rural worker of

299702 and Marginal worker in urban areas is 6.9% of the total urban

worker of 8385, while overall total Marginal worker is 13.4% of the






overall total workers of 308087 in the study area according to 2011

Census.

Non-Worker in rural areas is 50.5% of the total rural population of

605073 and Non-Worker in urban areas is 63.3% of the total urban

population of 22868, while overall Non-worker is 50.9% of the overall

total population of 627941 in the study area according to 2011 Census.

The occupational status of workers and non-workers has been shown in

Table – 3.13.4.

Table – 3.13.4

Occupational Status

Area

No. of workers No. of non-workers Total

Population (3)+(6)+(9)

Main Workers Marginal Workers

Male

(1)

Female

(2)

Total

(3)

Male

(4)

Female

(5)

Total

(6)

Male

(7)

Female

(8)

Total

(9)

Rural

Urban

157579

6062

101465

1744

259044

7806

14931

293

25727

286

40658

579

139154

5249

166217

9234

305371

14483

605073

22868

Total 163641 103209 266850 15224 26013 41237 144403 175451 319854 627941


Cultivators and agricultural workers:

Cultivators and agricultural workers in rural areas are 13.9% and 15.3%

respectively w.r.t. the total rural population of 605073 and in urban

areas these are 3.7% and 4.8% respectively w.r.t. the total urban

population of 22868. Overall cultivators and agricultural workers are

13.5% and 15.0% respectively w.r.t. the total population of 627941 in the

study area. The classified occupational status in the study area has been

tabulated in Table-3.13.5.

Table-3.13.5

Classified Occupational Status

Area Total Workers Cultivators Agricultural

Workers

Others

Rural

Urban

299702

8385

84168

855

92837

1105

77211

5635

Total 308087 85023 93942 82846







Graphical presentations of demographical and occupational status have

been given below in FIGURE-3.13.1.

3.13.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

With regard to infrastructure facility it is found that there is a good

connectivity between the Highways and the Village roads through the

small pick-up Transports and Auto Rickshaws. Many villages in the area

have Post Offices. Telephone connections and Post Offices are also

available within the area. Due to small industrial activities pollution is

less. Due to their physical activities general health condition of the

people is good.

Although large Hospitals were scarce but small Hospitals and Health

Care Centers are found in the villages. In the event of critical cases

villagers are often sent to the Large Hospitals. Proposed Hyderabad

Pharma City will cause development of cluster of township with the

establishment of more care and benefits among the people.

3.13.5 SOCIO-ECONOMIC SURVEY The census data have been supplemented and corroborated by a socio-

economic sample survey, conducted in March, 2017, covering a sample

population size of 1221 numbers covering 246 number of Households,

distributed over 23 villages within the study area including the project

site through structured questionnaires portraying demographic and

socio-economic aspects of the study area population. The names of the

villages, considered for the sample survey have been gathered in Table-

3.13.7. The findings of this socio-economic survey including

demographic and socio-economic characteristics, income profiles,

household amenities, educational status etc. have been summarised in

Annexure - II. The salient findings of this sample survey are presented

below:

Total Population 1221 (Male: 626, Female: 595)

No. of Households 246 (Distributed over 23 villages)

Family Size 5.0

Sex ratio 950 females per 1000 males

Caste SC & ST (17.12% w.r.t total Sampling population)

Build of House of

sample Households

Brick (56.50%), Multistoried Brick (17.07%),

Thatched Roof Brick (21.95%), Mud (4.47%),

Lighting source of sample

Electricity (87.4%), Kerosene (21.54%), Bio-gas (2.85%)






Households

Occupational Status of sample population

Workers (53.81%), Non-Workers (46.19%)

Source of Income Agriculture (13.39%), Business / Trade (11.57%), Service (33.64%), Labour (36.38%), Forestry/

Plantation (1.22%), Livestock/ Fishery (1.52%), Others (2.28%)

Comparison of the findings of the socio-economic sample survey with the 2011 census data has been made below:

Table-3.13.6 Comparison of the Findings of the Socio-Economic Sample Survey

Particulates 2011 Census

2017 Sample Survey

Family Size (persons per household)

4.0 5.0

SC&ST (% of total population)

17.72 17.12

Sex ratio 942 females per

1000 males

950 females per 1000

males

Occupational Status of sample

population

Workers

(49.1%), Non-Workers (50.9%)

Workers (53.81%),

Non-Workers (46.19%)

It is evident from the above comparison that there has been slight

decrease in the family size while literacy rate has improved in the study area.

Table-3.10.7 List of Villages / Towns for Sample Survey

S.

N

Name of

Village / town

No. of House-

holds Population

Total Male Female

1 Keshampet 11 45 23 22

2 Kadthal 11 41 22 19

3 Ikvaya Palli 10 34 17 17

4 Manchal 10 39 20 19

5 Kurmida 10 42 22 20

6 Tatiparthi 11 38 18 20

7 Madharam 10 65 30 35

8 Akulmailaram 10 52 25 27

9 Ibrahimpatnam 8 45 24 21

10 Kandukur 10 55 29 26






11 Yacharam 11 72 38 34

12 Mucherla, Zphs 16 98 50 48

13 Nedunuru 12 67 35 32

14 Begarikanhca 10 61 32 29

15 Dasarla Palli 13 67 35 32

16 Debbadaguda 10 49 25 24

17 Cherkur 11 50 25 25

18 Dodlaphad 11 45 23 22

19 Khanapur -1 10 44 23 21

20 Khanapur 10 51 27 24

21 Nagilla 10 52 26 26

22 Salarpur 11 48 25 23

23 Tandra 10 61 32 29

246 1221 626 595






FIGURE-3.13.1

GRAPHICAL PRESENTATION OF DEMOGRAPHIC & SOCIAL STATUS (BASED ON 2011 CENSUS DATA)




C4 - 1

Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-4.0

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

Different techniques and methodologies are used for predicting

anticipated impacts due to projects on different facets of the

environment. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-

project) status of the environment to derive the ultimate scenario of

environmental conditions. These conditions are then compared with

relevant environmental standards. Based on results of prediction and

evaluation, appropriate pollution abatement and control measures are

suggested in an Environmental Management Plan for further

implementation during the construction and operation of the proposed

activities.

"Environmental Impact" can be defined as any alteration of

environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental

conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or

set of actions under consideration. Generally, the environmental

impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary

impacts are those, which are attributed directly by the project,

secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced and typically

include the associated investment and changed patterns of social

and economic activities by the proposed action.

4.2 IMPACT DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Significant impacts during construction can result on the physico-

chemical environment in relation to air, groundwater, surface water,

soils and land. In addition, impact on infrastructure, Socio-cultural and

living conditions of the population have also been considered while

assessing impacts during construction stage. The construction activities

will mainly involve:

Possession of the Site and Displacement

Site Clearance




C4 - 2


Land preparation/ development

Development of Land for Industrial Sectors

Development of Common Infrastructure facilities that include

following:

Approach roads and internal roads with storm water drains

Power supply and street lighting

Water Supply

Common Effluent Treatment Plant (CETP)

Technical training center/ R&D Center

Common Facilities such as banks, post offices, telephone exchange

and dispensaries etc.

Power sub station

Health Care facilities

Housing Facilities

Parks and Library for recreation

Security Services

The construction phase activities shall cause both permanent and short-

term and temporary impacts.

Possession of Land and Displacement

The possession of land is the first major step in the project construction.

This may cause acquiring people’s land, displacing people from their

residences and livelihood. This remains always a major impact for any

large project.

Total land area required is 7824 hectares. The site is almost Greenfield

site. There is almost no developments at the Site. The site consists of

agricultural fallow lands, agricultural cropped lands and scrub/barren

rocky lands.

Existing settlements have largely been excluded from the delineated

boundary of the project. However, there are two settlements within the

southern part of the site, i.e., in the proposed R&D and Ancillary Hub

Zone (Ganugamarla Tanda and Marripally). There is one tiny hamlet

named Ganugamarla Tanda of around 2 acres situated at the northern

part of the Site, another settlement named Marripally, of around 15

acres, is located within the southern part of the Site. These residential




C4 - 3


areas will be retained. These two settlements are proposed to be retained

and integrated within the Pharma City.

The GoTS has issued Orders for acquisition of Patta/Assigned Lands

surrounding Government lands through negotiations. Government of

Telangana has constituted a Committee to expedite the process of land

acquisition from the Pattadar/land owners by way of private negotiations

to save delays and litigations wherever possible and to determine the

valuation of the lands proposed to be acquired (Patta/Assigned) and

where the lands owners are not willing to negotiate, the procedure under

Land Acquisition Act shall be followed, in the interest of development of

Industrial Projects/Parks and to make Industrial Land readily available

for setting up of industries by the Entrepreneurs for the rapid Industrial

Development of the State. Government of Telangana State (GoTS) has

been carrying out the acquisition of patta/assigned lands for the HPC

project. The total estimated cost of land acquisition is around Rs 1,550

Cr. So far, the chief promoter of the HPC project, i.e., TSIIC has incurred

Rs. 178.29 Cr towards land acquisition/alienation of 3326.05 acres.

Based on the consultations with the concerned land owners, the land

acquisition rate has been finalised at an average rate of Rs 7.7 lakhs for

Assignees/Encroachers and Rs 8.5 lakhs / acre for other areas.




C4 - 4


Land use and Physiography

The land use of the acquired land will change permanently. The land to

be acquired is partially used for agriculture and pasture. About 66% of

land is cropland though there is no irrigation facility. So the use of this

land for the proposed project will no doubt have permanent impact on

land use and livelihood.

There are some significant vegetation patches. The land has quite a

number of trees and the scrub area have considerable undergrowth with

scattered trees. All this will have to be cleared for land development and

this will change the physical nature of the project site completely. The

ecological impacts are discussed later.

Site Development

The acquired site needs to be developed for construction purposes. As

said the site does have significant vegetation so the clearance will have

some impact on the ecology. A list of trees, with species listing and girth

size will be carried out before actual operation. Five times the number of

trees cut will be planted inside the project area after the land developed.

The site development will require to covert this undulating rocky area

into plain land at different levels. This will require use of heavy

machineries to excavate some areas, to elevate some areas with landfill

and blasting off quite a number of large rocks.

Due to undulating nature of the site, the cut and fill will be optimized to

100% and potentially be a zero disposal system. Smaller rocks will be

converted into construction materials at sites, which can be used locally

as stone walls, building finish and laying of roads and earthworks to

create sustainable developments. Plots with Land use categories

requiring larger floor areas are positioned in relatively leveled surface

region of the site, while the higher slopes hold functions suitable on

smaller plot sizes. The most undulating part of the site has been allotted

for social infrastructure, university, to encourage innovative architecture

using locally available and indigenous materials. Rocky terrain with

unique stone forms and large boulders to be enhanced as community

spaces, amenity centers and rock gardens. Attempts have been made to

optimal usage of non-buildable areas as community spaces.




C4 - 5


All mature trees at site will be preserved or mandatory transplantation of

the same on site will be made, if required.

There will be requirement of site gradation, some elevation at places etc.

Runoff from the construction site is expected to be a source of water

pollution. Such pollution may persist during the initial phase of

construction period when site grading and excavation for foundation and

back filling will be in progress. During this stage the rainwater runoff

will carry more soil/silt than normal and this may cause silting problem

in the receiving water bodies.

The site development activity will be the major source of pollution if not

mitigated properly.

Construction Work

This work can be divided into two groups, foundation work and super-

structural work. Certain foundation work may involve pile-driving rigs

etc. These activities may generate noise pollution. Besides, foundation

work will involve trench cutting, digging and concreting work. Dust

pollution, especially during dry season, may cause problem. The super-

structural work will involve steel and concrete work, masonry work etc.

and will involve use of equipment like hoists, cranes, dumpers, shovels,

drilling machine, mixers, welding sets etc. There may be dust, noise and

gaseous pollution from this work. Concreting work will need substantial

amount of water. Water will be required for controlling dust pollution.

The mechanical erection work involves extensive use of mechanical

equipment for storage, retrieval and erection, site fabrication etc. leading

to considerable noise pollution and some air pollution. Electrical work,

however, is less polluting.

Development of Transportation and Other Infrastructure

Construction of a large project requires major transportation of

materials and people. Besides, as the site is quite well spread, the roads

will be required for internal connectivity. External roads will be

strengthened and widened outside the project area to ensure better

connectivity with the country. All these involve large-scale movement of

vehicles. The vehicle movement, especially heavy vehicles carrying

construction materials and equipment can cause significant impact on




C4 - 6


air quality due to vehicular emission. The vehicle movement also affects

local road condition and that may also cause significant air pollution.

Road construction impact will be general like other construction period

impact.

There will be arrangement for water supply and laying of pipelines for

that. There will be also facilities for internal drainage. Power lines and

required distribution substation will be installed. All these infrastructure

building will have different impacts on environment.

Housing and Other Human Requirements

This activity covers the arrangement for housing and living requirements

for the construction workers. Construction work is a labour intensive

one and therefore a large number of workers will be working at a time.

However, no workers’ colony is planned for this project. As the area is

quite urbanised and not far from the city of Hyderabad, large number of

workers will not be required to be accommodated at the plant site.

However as there may be need of some facilities for some workers’

accommodation, that should be provided with all basic civic necessities

like water supply, sanitary facilities, proper housing arrangements etc.

Immigration and Employment

Construction work will provide employment to a number of people both

directly and indirectly. This will be beneficial to the local economy.

Construction of a new project brings together people from different areas

of the country. There is a general apprehension that local culture may

be affected for it.

4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES DURING

CONSTRUCTION PHASE

A number of probable negative impacts on environment due to

construction activities have been identified. These impacts can be

mitigated or neutralized if proper environmental control measures are

undertaken. It may be noted that there needs to be specific

environmental clauses in the contract for construction work to ensure

maintaining environmental quality.




C4 - 7


Following are the important control measures to be taken during this

phase.

Air Environment

Dust will be a major pollutant during different site development

activities. During the period of site preparation mechanical shovels and

earthmovers will be used for site clearance, cut and fill and other site

leveling activities. These activities could generate dust particles which

will be mobilized by wind, and affect the ambient air quality. However,

these activities will be only temporary and the impact to ambient air

quality would be confined within the close proximity of the project site.

Dust pollution, though temporary, may affect health of the construction

workers and the villagers living close to the site. It can also impact the

forest on the southern boundary. Dust suppression methods, mainly

sprinkling of water in dust prone activities like land filling,

transportation on unmetalled road, digging works, material handling etc

will be taken up.

Project proponent will also interact with local authorities for

maintenance of the local roads so that the transportation activities do

not cause air pollution in the vicinity.

Gaseous Pollution: All Vehicles and machineries will be regularly

maintained to conform to the emission standards stipulated under

Environment (Protection), Rules 1986. During the construction

phase, all emission sources will be intermittent which include emissions

from heavy equipment used for construction and materials transport,

from heavy vehicles on site. The power for construction purpose will be

made available from the DG sets. The emissions are temporary and not

expected to contribute significantly to the ambient air quality and will be

within prescribed limits of CPCB for industrial regions.

Noise Environment

The noise due to construction equipment will be a temporary

phenomenon. However, noise levels due to construction equipment may

result into significant impacts due to operation of several equipments at

a time. Noise levels of machineries used shall conform to relevant

standards prescribed in Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986. The




C4 - 8


workers should be provided with noise protective ear mufflers as

necessary.

Blasting noise can be very disturbing to the residents of the villages

nearby and also for the birds and animals living in the nearby forest

areas. Blasting should only be done in day time.

The noise impact due to transportation will occur during the

construction phase when many trucks/passenger carriers (each way)

will be plying for transporting construction materials, man and

machinery. This situation will last during the construction phase when

there is likely to be an increase in the background noise level during

some period of the day.

Water Environment

Water Requirement

During construction phase, water of appropriate quality is required for

the following activities:

Earth material compaction and stabilization during land preparation.

In-situ cement concrete preparation for RCC and PCC requirements.

Drinking water needs of construction workers.

Equipment washing and cleaning, especially those involved in earth

material compaction and stabilization.

Maintaining landscape, roadside, kerbside, median-side vegetation

and compensatory plantation near the completed stretches of road.

Water for workers colony

The water supply during construction phase should ensure that local

water resources are not affected.

Construction water management will include the suitable steps to

ensure that this problem is kept to absolute minimum. Runoff water

shall be channeled and routed to through a settling basin. Prior to

construction a peripheral drain and settling pond will be provided to

collect the rain runoff. This will prevent the loose soil getting washed

away from the site.

Special care will be taken to ensure that the construction work does not

impact local water bodies. No washing of vehicles or any other

construction related equipment will be done in the local water bodies




C4 - 9


outside the plant area. There shall not be any wastewater outlet to

outside water source.

The workers will be provided with proper toilet facilities so that no

sewage or solid waste is disposed outside.

The construction activity is temporary in nature and not likely to have

significant impact on the quality of ground water.

Land Environment

Land environment will be totally altered due to the proposed project. It

will have important and permanent impact as natural land scenario will

be lost. However best land management practices will be taken up to

mitigate the situation.

The impacts on soil due to land disposal of solid wastes such as

construction rubble, campsite garbage and discarded topsoil may impact

soil quality. However, the impact is likely to be insignificant as the

project authorities will take adequate measures to ensure that all waste

generated at the construction site and at the labour camps are collected

and disposed off in appropriate manner or recycled or reused where

feasible.

During the site preparation work, the soil from the higher gradient shall

be utilized to level the areas with lower gradient. The amount of cutting

and filling is well balanced. In addition, fill material depending on the

need/ availability will be brought into the site during land preparation.

Biological Environment

The project area lies just north of reserve forest areas. The project area

also has significant vegetation. As the project area does not have human

habitation, the site is home of different small animals and other fauna.

The cultivable land also has its own ecological importance and abode of

different fauna. Due to site clearance, along with vegetation loss, there

will be also loss of all these fauna. However as the site is adjacent to a

large forest area, many of the animals and others will shift to the forest.

Though there will be major impact on site’s biological environment, the

construction management will take care that the outlying forest area is

not impacted directly. There will be no dumping any waste in the forest




C4 - 10


region. No firewood will be collected from the forest, no water source in

the forest will be used.

Social Environment

As about 10,000 acres of private land will be acquired, there will be no

doubt some social impact. There is huge scarcity of water and without

irrigation facility, the agricultural land is solely dependent on monsoon

rain. So agriculture is not much commercially attractive. So a proper

compensation by GoTS can help the local population economically.

It is also expected that during site development period there will be

different job opportunity, direct and indirect, for the local people. After

Pharmaceutical companies star their plants along with establishment of

a University and Township, the economic potential of the area will be

very attractive.

Impacts on Health & Safety

The movement of heavy earthmovers, excavators, transporting vehicles

during the construction phase may increase the risk of accidents and

injuries. Interaction of local labour with outside labour force during the

construction may lead to transference of communicable diseases if left

uncontrolled and unchecked. A road safety awareness campaign will be

undertaken to inform the communities about safer road habits. The

project proponent proposes to carry out community awareness program

in partnership with the local health authorities on communicable

sexually transmitted diseases well ahead of the commencement of the

construction of project to minimize such risks. Also adequate facilities

for the health of construction workers will be provided at the campsite.

Workers Colony

Housing standards should include special attention to the following:

Minimum space allocated per person or per family (floor area;

cubic volume; or size and number of rooms)

Supply of safe water in the workers’ dwelling in such quantities as

to provide for all personal and household uses

Adequate sewage and garbage disposal systems




C4 - 11


Appropriate protection against heat, cold, damp, noise, fire, and

disease-carrying animals and in particular insects

Adequate sanitary and washing facilities

Ventilation, cooking and storage facilities, Natural and artificial

lighting

A separate bed for each worker

Separate gender accommodation

The Contractor shall allow Project Proponent and its authorized

personnel to review and assess these facilities.

Arrangement of Safe Drinking Water, Water Quality Analysis

Report and Maintenance schedule of Water Tank.

Occupancy Record of labors

Facilities like cooler, fan and canteen should be provided.

Cooking fuel (kerosene/ LPG) should be provided to workers.

Medical Facilities (for each contractor’s domain) should be

provided with adequate medicine and full time qualified doctor.

List of Medicine with date of expiry.

Record of Biomedical Waste

Good Housekeeping practice with Record.

Pest Control facilities and record .

Provision for recreation- T.V. , Volleyball etc.

Sanitation facilities for labors (Including female workers)

Cleanliness record of Toilets

Provision of Soak pit

Grievance Register

Display of Emergency Contact No, Fire protection Centre.

Regular Auditing & Maintaining Audit Records.

4.4 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX

The Project activities discussed previously may affect the environment in

varying degrees. Relevant important aspects of environment are therefore

selected which will be having impacts due to project activities.

Environmental parameters are broadly classified into three groups.

1. Physical Environment

2. Biological Environment




C4 - 12


3. Human Environment

The parameters selected for impact identification are site and project

specific.

Physiography

PHYSICAL

ENVIRONMENT

Hydrology

Water quality

Air quality:

Noise and Odour

Forest & Vegetation

BIOLOGICAL

ENVIRONMENT

Fauna

Aquatic Biology

Agriculture

Occupation

HUMAN

ENVIRONMENT

Displacement

Health

Services

Immigration

Review of collected and monitored data on relevant physical, ecological,

social and economic aspects provide a reference point against which the

characteristics and parameters of impact-related changes are analysed

and evaluated.

The characteristics of environmental impacts to be taken into account in

impact prediction and decision-making include:

i) Nature (positive, negative, direct, indirect, cumulative);

ii) Magnitude (severe, moderate, low);

iii) Extent/location (area/volume covered, distribution);




C4 - 13


iv) Timing (during construction, operation, decommissioning,

immediate, delayed, rate of change);

v) Duration (short term, long term, intermittent, continuous);

vi) Reversibility/ irreversibility;

vii) Likelihood (probability, uncertainly or confidence in the prediction);

and

viii) Significance (local, regional, global)

The anticipated environmental impacts have been predicted and

evaluated in terms of the above mentioned characteristics during

construction and operation phases of the proposed development.

The interaction between project activities and environmental parameters

described above are shown in Identification Matrix. The matrix points

out each activity and its impact on specific environmental parameters.

This is a qualitative work and does not assess the overall impact.

Table – 4.1 Environmental Impact Identification Matrix –Construction Phase

PHYSICAL

ENVIRONMENT

ECOLOGICAL

ENVIRONMENT HUMAN

ENVIRONMENT

Lan

d

Wate

r

Air Nois

e Vege

tation

Fauna

Aquat

ic

Envir

onme

nt

Lan

d

Emplo

yment

Servic

e

Health

Possession

of Land P P P

Site Developme

nt

P T T P P P P T

Civil &

Structural

Work

T T T T T

Mechanical

& Electrical

work

T T T

Water

Requirement

T

Transport T T T T T T

Employment

T T T

P = Permanent Impact T = Temporary Impact




C4 - 14


4.5 IMPACTS DURING OPERATION PHASE AND MITIGATION

MEASURES

After the site development work is finished and main common facilities

are ready, the industries will start setting up their units. Every industry

during the operational phase has the potential to create an impact to the

environment. When the individual industries will be set up, each will

have to carry out EIA studies and specific impact of those industries will

be then available. Besides the production units, the establishment of

University, R&D Centre etc will also require specific environmental

clearance.

So here we shall discuss about the impact of common infrastructural

facilities and their impact on environment. Also the mitigation measures

are discussed. However to ensure environmental quality of the complex,

specific environmental management measures for the industrial units

are provided in the Chapter 5 Environmental Management Plan.

Air Environment

Pharmaceutical industry in general is not a major air polluting industry.

The manufacturing process may generate different kinds of gases, acidic

to alkaline, in small quantities. The handling of raw materials also can

have some fugitive emissions. However, in each unit there will be

arrangement to contain these emissions, draw the emissions into a

scrubbing system. The scrubbing system can be of different types, from

packed scrubber to direct spraying of water into the gaseous stream. The

contaminated water dissolving the gases will be led to effluent treatment

plant for proper treatment.

The other source of air pollution will be the boilers to produce steam,

required as utility in the production process. The fuel will be coal. The

emission from burning of the fuel will be discharged through 30 m high

stack. Each boiler will have cyclone separator and bag filter as air

pollution control system to control PM emission within 50 mg/Nm3.

Based on the expected no. of units, to be located in the project area,

total 230 boilers, each of 10 TPH capacity have been considered for the

impact prediction to project the worst case scenario. Besides particulate




C4 - 15


matter, the major pollutants will be SO2 & NOx. Other pollutants will be

negligible.

250 MW Gas fuelled engine coupled cogeneration (power & cooling) plant

will be another source of air pollution. Modular and scalable Gas based

co generation plant, with 25 units, each of 10 MW capacity is proposed.

Total 25 stacks have been considered, each attached to the individual 10

MW units. NOx will be the only pollutant of concern.

Apart from this, a 3 MW waste to energy plant has also been proposed

for the dual benefit of reduction of municipal solid waste to be sent to

landfill and production of useful electrical energy, which will also be

another source of pollution. A single stack of 30 m. height has been

considered.

The stack & emission data are presented in Table 4.2.

TABLE 4.2 STACK & EMISSION CHARACTERISTICS

Description Boilers for

Steam generation (10 TPH)

Gas fuelled

engine coupled

cogeneration

(power & cooling) plant (10

MW)

Waste to

energy plant (3 MW)

No. of Stack 230 25 1

Stack height (m) 30 30 30

Internal diameter at Stack Top (m) 0.8 1.23 0.85

Exit velocity of flue gas (m/s) 9 15 10

Temp. of flue gas degree (oC) 135 120 125

Flue gas flow rate (Nm3/Hr) 10902 44572 14012

PM emission rate (mg/Nm3) 50 - 50

PM emission rate (g/s) 0.15 - 0.19

SO2 emission rate (g/s)* 0.56 - 0.14




C4 - 16


*After SO2 removal system

4.5.1 Air Quality Dispersion Modelling

Selection of Model The plant operation will emit gaseous pollutants through stacks,

which have the potential to deteriorate the air quality of the area. In

order to evaluate the impact on ambient air quality due to such releases, the ground level concentrations (GLCs) as a result of the

plant emissions have been evaluated through mathematical modelling using computer aided techniques.

Upon discharge to atmosphere, the emissions from sources are subjected to transport and diffusion processes which together are termed as dispersion. The processes which govern the atmospheric

dispersion of pollutants are plume rise, transport by wind, and diffusion by turbulence and a number of physico-chemical processes

such as gravitational settling, deposition, chemical reactions, transformation, decomposition and wash out.

The computation has been made applying ISCST3 of USEPA, which is most widely used and also recommended by CPCB

(PROBES/70/1997-98). The model is based on some assumption such as steady state conditions, continuous homogeneous flow, inert passive pollutants, no ground absorption and a Gaussian distribution

of the plume in both horizontal and vertical planes.

4.5.2 Data Used for Modelling Various stack and emission data as presented in Tables–4.2 have

been used as inputs to the model. The prediction of GLCs and corresponding impacts has been made for the emission figures mentioned therein.

The hourly meteorological data like ambient temperature, wind speed

and wind direction used for air quality modelling have been taken from such data generated through continuous on-site monitoring during (16th December, 2016 to 15th March, 2017) representing the

winter period. The hourly occurrence of various atmospheric stability classes has

been determined from the on-site hourly wind speed and cloud cover data using the insolation based stability classification.

NOx emission rate (g/s) 0.6 0.35 0.1




C4 - 17


The Mixing Height data were taken from one of the published

documents i.e., “Spatial Distribution of Hourly Mixing Depth over

Indian Region” of R. N. Gupta, applicable for Hyderabad region.

4.5.3 Modelling Procedure

Modelling exercise has been performed for total 256 no. stacks. The actual locations of the emission sources have been defined in a

Cartesian co-ordinate (x, y) system, with Absolute Reference Point, being the approximate central point (in zone 2) of the project area.

As recommended by CPCB, radial pattern of receptor locations has

been implemented using the polar (r,) co-ordinate system with origin

at the ARP of the Cartesian co-ordinate system. The locations of the receptors have then been defined with respect to 16 radial directions

(N to NNW angle of such directions measured clockwise from North) and radial distance ‘r’ from the ARP.

The receptors are selected in such a way that more receptors are

located close to the maximum concentration point. The maximum

distance covered is 10 km., which has been seen adequate to cover the maximum concentrations for this particular situation.

For multiple stacks computation, inter-stack distances have been

considered. Since the contributions from different pollution sources

are additive, the contributions of all sources at a given receptor have been computed separately and then added to give the total

concentration. In order to compute the 24 hourly concentrations due to the

operation of the proposed project, the hourly meteorological data recorded at the site meteorological observatory set up near the project site was used. The model was used to compute the 24-hour

concentrations for each day for the study period.

4.5.4 Discussion on Modelling Results The predicted maximum GLCs of SO2, NOx & PM are presented in

Table – 4.3. The isopleths of PM, SO2 & NOx have been depicted in

Figures – 4.1, 4.2 & 4.3 respectively.

TABLE – 4.3 PREDICTED MAXIMUM GLC OF SPM

Pollutants Max. GLC

(g/m3)

Direction Distance (km)




C4 - 18


SO2 54.01

WSW 2.0 NOx 57.87

PM 14.47

Hence, the maximum incremental values of SO2, NOx & PM would be

about 54.01 µg/m3, 57.87 µg/m3 & 14.47 µg/m3 respectively, which will

occur at a distance of 2 km. in ‘WSW’ direction w.r.t. the ARP. However,

it may be observed that this value has been attained only on one day in

the study period.

It may also be noted that the modelling results depict the worst case

scenario as washout due to rain has not been considered and deposition

on other forms of structures as buildings, trees etc. have not been taken

into account. Thus, in reality, the pollutant concentrations are expected

to be relatively lower than the predicted value.

Transportation

The transportation of raw materials and products and the movement of

people will contribute to air pollution. Only way to restrict it will be to

ensure that all vehicles plying in the complex have proper pollution

under control certificate. Besides, the condition of the road also decides

the generation of dust. Because of movement of heavy duty trucks, often

the industrial roads need better maintenance. The project authority will

ensure that the vehicles have PUC certificate and roads are maintained

regularly.

The freight trips has been assumed by considering the production of

each type of industries (Red, Hybrid, orange and Green) and converted

with the vehicle capacity with respect to the composition. The

composition adopted is given in table 4 and assumed from the toll data

of NH 765.

The travel demand estimated for 2 categories, namely trips generated

from the surrounding areas to HPC and within HPC. The below table

shows the estimated trips per day for all the two types of the movement.




C4 - 19


Typology Mode

Internal - Internal External - Internal Total

Volume Volume

Public Transport Bus 14750 1800 16550

Freight

LCV 0 11161 11161

2 AXEL 0 2635 2635

3 AXEL 0 3348 3348

MAV 0 2283 2283

TOTAL 35977

The emission of CO, HC, NOx and PM from the trucks has been

calculated for the proposed project, based on the emission factor in

gm/km of Trucks / Trailer / Bus (Source: Central Pollution Control

Board) (Ref. Tables-4.4 & 4.5).

Table-4.4

Emission Factors, (in gm/km)

Mode CO HC NOx PM

Trucks /

Trailer / Bus

4.5 1.1 8.0 0.36

Source: Central Pollution Control Board

Table-4.5

Daily Emission by Vehicles

Parameters Total Emissions

for 35977 Vehicles/day

(in gm/km)

CO 161896.5

HC 39574.7

NOx 287816.0

PM 12951.7




C4 - 20


There will be some impact on the surrounding environment due to NOx

& CO emissions. This quantum is spread over the large area distributed

in various road stretches in the whole day is considered low and shall

not make the significant impact on the transportation routes.

Mitigation Measures Trucks transporting raw materials & product shall be covered closely to

avoid dust pollution and to prevent theft during transit.

With strict traffic management system and various environmental

management practices, contribution of pollutants in the ambient air will

be kept under control so as to create minimum disturbances in the

neighbourhood.

The vehicular traffic plying in and out of the project site will also be one

of the significant sources of air pollution. It will be mitigated by properly

regulating the traffic and by following strict and disciplined vehicular

movement and operation in the project site. Adequate and planned road

network will be set up in the proposed project for smooth movement of

the goods vehicles.

It would be ensured that all the vehicles plying in the working zone are

properly tuned and maintained to keep emissions within the permissible

limits. At loading and unloading points, arrangement for Water

sprinkling will be made so that dust generation during transportation of

materials will be minimized further. All the internal roads within the

plant shall be metalled; hence dust arising from the internal roads shall

be insignificant. The greenbelt development shall further help in

reduction in fugitive emissions.

With strict traffic management system and various environmental

management practices, contribution of pollutants in the ambient air will

be kept under control so as to create minimum disturbances in the

neighbourhood.




C4 - 21


Noise Environment

Overall noise level of the area will no doubt increase due to operation of

industrial units, the movement of vehicles and other human activities. It

will be ensured that industries take special precaution no to add noise

to the ambient background noise level by using proper equipment and

green belt. DG sets should have proper acoustic enclosures to maintain

prescribed noise level.

Water Environment

Water requirement

GoTS proposes to tap water for Pharma City from Phase-III of the Krishna

Water Supply Scheme. As part of the Krishna Water Supply Scheme, two

Master Balancing Reservoirs of 22.5 ML capacity each are constructed at

Gunagal, from where water is proposed to be tapped for Pharma City. It is

located at 12 km (distance by road) to the north east of the Project Site

along Nagarjunasagar Highway.

Preliminary estimate of gross water demand of Hyderabad Pharma City

is 251.41 MLD. After considering recycling and reuse of wastewater, the

net fresh water demand is around 142.34 MLD.

As the water will be made available from Krishna Water Supply Scheme,

there will be no impact on local water resources. No groundwater will be

extracted.

Water Quality

Wastewater will be generated at HPC in the following forms:

Industrial process water

Domestic Wastewater -Sewage generated in processing as well as non-

processing areas.

Domestic wastewater

The estimated domestic wastewater (Sewage) from Hyderabad Pharma

City in the ultimate phase of project development is 54.8 MLD. Domestic

watewater is proposed to be treated in a domestic sewage treatment

plant.

Industrial wastewater




C4 - 22


The estimated industrial wastewater from Hyderabad Pharma City in the

ultimate phase of project development is 66.39 MLD. It is envisaged to

treat the industrial wastewater in the proposed Zero Liquid (ZLD) based

Common Effluent Treatment Plants (CETP), proposed in different phases.

Details of the treatment scheme have been detailed in Chapter 2 (Project

Description).

So it can be seen that a zero discharge system has been planned. So no

impact from wastewater disposal is envisaged.

Land Environment

Mainly, two types of solid wastes will be generated within HPC. These are

domestic solid waste generated within the zone 1 and industrial solid waste generated by the industries in other zones. Some amount of domestic solid waste will be generated by workers of the industries. The

industrial solid waste will contain hazardous wastes. All types of solid wastes will be treated and disposed safely as per the prescribed norms of Central Pollution Control Board and Telangana State Pollution Control

Board.

Based on Final Report Submitted by Centre for Environment &

Development, Green Origin Ventures Pvt. Ltd. and Lahmeyer GKW Consult GmbH “Inventorisation and Characterization of Hazardous Waste Categories in Andhra Pradesh and Telangana (Contract no: 1A1.1

of the World Bank funded CBIPMP, APPCB)”, expected industrial solid waste from HPC would be in the order of 1.5 lakh TPA. The composition of Hazardous Waste (HW) includes recyclable portion (30%-40%), land

disposable portion (50%-60%) and Incinerable portion (5%-10%).

In residential zone of HPC, municipal solid waste will be stored in garbage bins to be placed at suitable locations. Solid waste collected in garbage bins will be transported by mechanized vehicles to solid waste

treatment plant. In industrial zones, solid waste from each industry would be collected by mechanized vehicles.

For disposal and treatment of collected solid wastes, an integrated solid waste treatment facility is proposed with components such as

treatment/stabilization, recycling facility, sanitary and hazardous waste landfill, incinerator and waste to energy facility.




C4 - 23


Biological Environment

If the air emissions from the industrial units are managed properly,

there is very low probability of affecting the nearby forest area. To

ensure that the complex has enough vegetation an extensive high-

density plantation is proposed to be developed. The impact shall be

positive as the greenbelt will be developed in and around various units

as well as the entire complex. Also all the industrial units will have 14%

of their land green. So, biological environment will improve with time.

Socio-economic Environment

As the people losing their land will be compensated properly according to

government’s plan, it is expected that socioeconomic environment will

have positive impact. There will be ample job opportunity during

construction and operating phases of the project. The estimated

employment generation potential of the project is 8.79 lakhs. Thrust will

be put in to utilize the local population, as far as possible to meet the

manpower requirement of the project. So this will change the

employment scenario of the locality and local community will benefit

much

As the road connectivity will be improved significantly and many people

will like to live in vicinity of the Pharmaceutical city for job and business

purpose, the local land and housing prices will benefit significantly.




C4 - 24


Table – 4.6 Environmental Impact Identification Matrix –Operation Phase

Physical Environment

Ecological Environment

Human Environment

Water Qualit

y

Air Qualit

y

Noise Vegeta

tion

Aquatic Environ

ment

Employment

Service

Health

Culture

Water

Requirement

Liquid Effluent X X

Gaseous Effluent X X X

Solid Waste X X

Hazardous Waste X

Transport X X X

Operational Din X X

Immigration X X X X

Employment X

4.6 IMPACT ASSESSMENT

The probable impacts and the mitigation measures for those have been

discussed above. Based on that we can now attempt to assess the

impact of the project. The significance of each impact is determined by

assessing the impact severity against the likelihood of the impact

occurring as summarized in the impact significance assessment matrix

as provided in Table below.

Significance of Impact = Severity of Impact × Probability of Occurrence




C4 - 25


Table 4.7 - Impact Rating Assessment Matrix

Impact Severity

Impact Likelihood

Unlikely (e.g. Not expected

to occur during project

lifetime)

Low Likelihood

(e.g. may occur sometimes

during project lifetime)

Medium Likelihood (e.g.

may occur several times during project

lifetime)

High Likelihood

(e.g. Routine, happens several

times)

Slight Negligible Impact

Negligible Impact

Negligible Impact

Negligible Impact

Low Negligible Impact

Negligible Impact

Minor Impact Minor Impact

Medium Negligible Impact

Minor Impact Moderate Impact

Moderate Impact

High Minor Impact Moderate Impact

Major Impact Major Impact

For negative impacts the rating and colour codes are expressed as below

Negligible Impact

Magnitude of change comparable to natural variation

Minor Impact Detectable but not significant

Moderate Impact

Amenable to mitigation; should be mitigated where practicable

Major Impact Significant; amenable to mitigation; must be

mitigated




C4 - 26


For beneficial social impacts the rating and colour codes are expressed as

below

Beneficial Impacts

Colour Code Inference

Major – Benefit to be long term for

many

Moderate – Benefit for some time for

many Minor – Benefit for some time for few Negligible

Impact Assessment

Following the above impact assessment guidelines, the severity and likelihood of impacts are shown below




C4 - 27


Table 4.8 - Environmental Impact–Construction Phase Impact Severity /Likelihood

Physical

Environment Ecological

Environmen

t

Human Environment

Land Water Air Nois

e

Veget

a

tion

Faun

a

Land/

Propert

y

Emplo

yment

Servic

e

Healt

h

Possession of

Land

L/L H/H

Site Development

H/H L/L M/M M/L H/H H/H H/H L/L M/L

Civil &

Structural

Work

L/L L/L L/L H/H

Water

Requirement

L/L

Transport M/M M/L M/M

Immigration M/M M/M L/L

Employment M/M H/H H/H M/M

Table 4.9 - Final Impact Scenario – Construction Phase

Physical

Environment

Ecological

Environmen

t

Human

Environment

Land Water Air Noise

Vegeta

tion

Fauna

Land/ Propert

y

Employment

Service

Health

Possession of

Land

Site

Development

Civil &

Structural

Work

Water Requirement

Transport

Immigration

Employment

The above impact scenario during construction phase shows that it will have

major impact on ecological environment as a natural hilly terrain with trees

and shrubs and agricultural land will be fully converted to industrial and




C4 - 28


urban uses. There can be also moderate impact on air quality due to site

development, construction and transportation. Due to air pollution there can

be some impact on health of local people. On the other hand, the project will

improve the land prices in the area. There will be major scope of employment

and there will be improvement of different civic services due to better

connectivity and establishment of such a complex having both industrial and

institutional units.




C4 - 29


Table 4.10 - Environmental Impact– Operation Phase

Impact Severity /Likelihood

Physical Environment

Ecological Environment

Human Environment

Water Qualit

y

Air Qualit

y

Noise Vegeta

tion

Aquatic Environ

ment

Employment

Service

Health

Culture

Water

Requirement

Liquid Effluent L/L S/L

Gaseous Effluent M/L S/L S/L

Solid Waste L/L S/L

Hazardous Waste L/L

Transport L/M L/L S/L

Operational Din S/L S/L

Immigration L/L M/M M/M S/L

Employment H/M

Table 4.11 - Final Impact Scenario – Operation Phase

Physical

Environment

Ecological

Environment

Human

Environment

Water

Quality

Air

Quality

Noise Vege

ta tion

Aquatic

Environment

Emplo

yment

Servic

e

Healt

h

Cultu

re

Water

Requirement

Liquid Effluent

Gaseous Effluent

Solid Waste

Hazardous Waste

Transport

Operational Din

Immigration

Employment

During operation phase, if the environment management plan is properly

established and the manufacturing units follow the environmental guidelines,

there will be low impact on physical and biological environment. On the other

hand it will bring economic prosperity to local community as there will be




C4 - 30


major scope of direct and indirect employment and local civic services will

improve significantly.




C4 - 31


FIGURE 4.1 : ISOPLETHS FOR PM




C4 - 32


FIGURE 4.2 : ISOPLETHS FOR SO2




C4 - 33


FIGURE 4.3 : ISOPLETHS FOR NOx





Analysis of Alternatives Site Selection Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-5.0

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

SITE SELECTION

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The Zoning and Development Promotion Regulations issued by the

Hyderabad Metropolitan Development Authority prohibits the

development of polluting/hazardous units within the Hyderabad

Outer Ring Road. The G.O. Ms. No.: 20, dated 01.03.2013, issued by

the Industries & Commerce Department of the State Government calls

for compulsory shifting of existing polluting industries to areas beyond

the Outer Ring Road.

5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITES

In this backdrop, Government of Telangana (GoTS) identified 4 sites

for development of Integrated Pharma City near Hyderabad as listed

below.

Site Option 1: About 1100 acres at Kesaram (V), Mominpet (M),

Ranga Reddy District

Site Option 2: About 19000 acres at Mucherla (V), Kandukur (M),

Ranga Reddy District

Site Option 3: About 1100 acres at Yeldurthy (V), & (M), Medak

District

Site Option 4: About 6700 acres at Lakdaram (V), Kondapak (M),

Siddipet District

The above sites are assessed based on various parameters and the

Salient features of each of these sites are discussed below:

Site Option 1: Kesaram

1. Land area (Acres) : 1500

2. Connectivity: i) 12 km from NH 65

ii) 30 km from SH 149

3. Availability of Power and Water :






Godavari Water Pipeline (Mission Bhageeratha) about 2 kms

from the site

33/11 kV substation at 6 km from the site

4. Remarks:

Extent is less than the demand and NIMZ requirements

Site falls in the ‘conservation zone’ as per approved Master Plan

of HMDA.

Site Option 2: Mucherla



ii) 5 km from SH 19

3. Availability of Power and Water:

Gungal Master Balancing Reservoir – 18 km

765/400 kV substation of PGCIL and 400/220 kV substation of

TSTRANSCO are adjacent to the site

4. Remarks:

Extent is more than 12350 acres, which is eligible for NIMZ status

About 8915 acres of Govt. land (Unassigned and Assigned) is available

for alienation

Most of the Private land is non cultivable

Reserve Forest along the southern boundary of the site will form a

natural buffer for the overall project

Power is readily available at the site

The site is between NH 765 & SH 19 and well connected to

International Airport, Outer Ring Road and NH 44, hence, favourable

for establishment of necessary backward and forward linkages

Industrial Eco-System is already existing in this region (Electronics,

IT, Aero Space etc)

The site is preferred by the Industry

Site Option 3: Yeldurthi








ii) 25 km from SH 6


Godavari Water Pipeline (Mission Bhageeratha) - about 2.5 kms from

the site

Haridranadi Stream passes through at 1.5 km from the site

33/11 kV substation at 6 km from the site

4. Remarks:

Extent is less than the demand and NIMZ requirements

Site Option 4: Lakdaram


2. Connectivity:i) 1 km from SH1


Godavari Water Supply project is at Kondapaka – 11 km

400/220 kV substation at Kodakandla – 9 km and 220/33 kV

substation at Kondapaka – 10 km

4. Remarks:

Extent is less than the demand and NIMZ requirements.

Private lands around the site are mostly cultivable and cost of

acquisition is high

Mode of transport for most of the raw materials and finished goods is

by Air, Connectivity to International Airport is poor compared to other

options

Apart from adequacy of available land around 70% of the total land is

owned by the Government. Major portion of the remaining land is

non-cultivable in nature. The site does not have any eco-sensitive

features though reserve forest forms the southern boundary of the

project site. The region already has presence of some industries and is

very well connected by road and rail system.

Considering all these features, it is felt that this site (site at Mucherla

under Option: 2) would the right choice for establishment of the

proposed Pharma City.






5.3 DETAILS OF ADVANTAGES OF THE SELECTED SITE

After selecting the site for establishing a Pharmaceutical Complex

which will house a number of manufacturing units, related

educational institution, township for employees and other civic

infrastructure, a discussionondetails different parameters for selecting

the present site is presented.

5.3.1 Seaports

Connectivity to seaport is most important for establishing a complex

of this nature. A seaport provides the facility for exporting product

and importing raw materials to machineries. Telangana being a

landlocked state, the nearest seaport to the Hyderabad Pharma City

on the East Coast is Krishnapatnam Port, in SPSR Nellore district of

Andhra Pradesh State, located to the south east of the Site at a

distance of 450 kmby road. The next nearest seaport is Kakinada

Deep Water Port, located at a distance of 500 km to the east of the

Site in East Godavari District of Andhra Pradesh State. Other ports

include Visakhapatnam and Gangavaram Ports inVisakhapatnam

district of Andhra Pradesh at 640 km and 630 km by road

respectively, while NhavaSheva (JNPT) on the West Coast is located on

the west coast at 740 km by road.

Telangana being a landlocked state, the State Government

(considering the envisaged industrial projects in the State) proposes to

develop Dry Ports to meet the future cargo handling and processing

needs of the State. Four sites have been proposed for development of

Dry Ports, which include sites at:

Zaheerabad (within Medak NIMZ – 155 km by road from Pharma City

Site), Medak District

Bhuvanagiri (85 km by road from Pharma City Site), Nalgonda District

Damarcherla (165 km by road from Pharma City Site), Nalgonda

District

Jadcherla (90 km by road from Pharma City Site), Nagarkurnool

District

The Central Government recently gave its nod to set up a Dry port, at

EedulaNagulaplli (120 km from Hyderabad Pharma City Site) in






Medak District. The port is proposed to be constructed by the

Container Corporation of India (CONCOR) under the centrally-

sponsored ‘Sagaramala Project’.

5.3.2 Road Connectivity

Next important thing for site selection is road connectivity.

The site can be accessed from Hyderabad via Srisailam Highway as

well as Nagarjunasagar Highway as shown in the following figure. The

site falls along the Kandukur-Yacharam Road which connects these

two highways along Kandukur and Yacharam.

National Highway 44 (Old NH 7) : The Pharma City site lies 30 km to

the east of NH 44 (Varanasi – Jabalpur – Nagpur – Hyderabad –

Kurnool – Bengaluri – Krishnagiri – Salem – Dindigul – Madurai –

Kanyakumari), which forms the North-South Corridor of NHDP.

Srisailam Highway: This is the NH 765, erstwhile SH 5 that runs 6

km west of Pharma City Site and connects the region to Hyderabad. It

is a 2 lane being widened to 4 lanes (stretch between Site and ORR is

already upgraded to 2 lanes with soulders). Srisailam Highway

connects Hyderabad to Tokapelle Road in the State of Telanganavia

Kalwakurthy, Srisailam and Dornala.

Nagarjunasagar Highway: This is SH 19 that connects Hyderabad to

Nagarjunasagar. It runs 5 km to the east of Pharma City Site and

connects the region to Hyderabad. It is an existing 2 lane road

proposed for upgradation to 4 lanes.

Hyderabad Outer Ring Road: The ORR runs 16 km to north of Site in

E-W direction. It connects Srisailam Highway and Nagarjunasagar

Highway to variojs parts of Hyderabad Metropolis. It is a 158 km long,

8 lane ring road expressway encircling the City of Hyderabad.

Kandukur-Yacharam Road: This road connects the norothern part of

Site to both Srisailam Highway and Nagarjunasagar Highway. It runs

through the Site for a distance of 3.3 km. This road is being planned

for upgradation to 4 lanes from current single lane status by R&B

Dept.






Road connecting Raviryal Exit 13 of ORR and Site: This road

connects northern part of Site to Hyderabad ORR at Exit 13 near

Raviryal. It forms an alternate connectivity to Site from ORR apart

from Srisailam Highway and Nagarjunasagar Highway. It runs via

Thimmapur and Begampet before connecting Kandukur&Yacharam

near Mirkhanpet. It is a single lane road which is proposed for

undgradation to 4 lanes by R&B Dept.

Road connecting Site near Karkalpahad to Ekkuvapally: This

single lane village connects a hamlet to the south of Karkalpahad

along Srisailam Highway to Ekkuvapally and runs through the Site for

a distance of 2.6 km (in the site parcel identified for R&D and

Ancillary Hub).

Road connecting Ramanuthula – Konapur-Marripally-

Ekkuvapally: This single lane village road passes through the site

parcel identified for R&D and Ancillary Hub for a distance of 2.7 km.

5.3.3Rail Connectivity

The single line, broad gauge railway line that connects Secunderabad

to Dhone via Kurnool runs 33 km to the west of the Site in N-S

direction as shown in the following figure. The nearest railway station

to the Site is Shadnagar Railway Station. This stretch of railways falls

under the Hyderabad Division of South Central Railway (SCR) Line

Zone. A rail spur line can be taken from this line to Pharma City to

serve the logistics needs of the Project.

5.3.4 Air Connectivity

The Rajiv Gandhi International Airport (RGIA) is located 21 km to the

north of Pharma City Site (32 km distance by road from site boundary)

at Shamshabad. The airport can be accessed from the Site via

Srisailam Highway and ORR. RGIA is an all weather airport with

Code-F (A380 compatible) runway and apron. The airport catered to

12.5 million passengers during 2015-16. Currently, there are 15

foreign and 3 Indian carriers flying to 20 international destinations

and 7 domestic airlines operating to around 31 destinations.






5.3.5Social Infrastructure

Hyderabad has witnessed major infrastructural development in the

biotech domain wherein the Knowledge Park, the Biotech Park,

Genome Valley and other projects have come up giving the city an

advantage over others. Hyderabad is also a major R&D hub with

Centres like:

esearch Institute for Semi-arid Tropics

(ICRISAT)

Indian Immunologicals Limited

te of Nutrition, ICMR, Ministry of Health and Family

Welfare, GoI

IKP Knowledge Park (IKP) nestles in a 200-acre zone in Genome

Valley, Hyderabad. Developed with anobjective of nurturing an

environment for innovation and the expected growth in life sciences

andrelated fields, it has a mix of ready-to-use multi-tenanted modular

wet laboratory blocks (InnovationCorridors) with in-built flexibility

around some common, shared facilities and support services, as well

asdeveloped land for customised R&D facilities. Currently, the

140,000 sft Innovation Corridor 1 with 84,000 sft of wet laboratory

space is operational. The Park achieved operational break-even in

2005-06.IKP has promoted 65 companies so far, and is currently

associated with 47 of them.

Further, GoTS submitted the proposals recently to set up Incubation

Centres for Pharma & Life Sciences under Atal Innovation Mission

(AIM) Scheme.

Hyderabad has several technical institutes, management colleges,

universities and research centres.






Apart from Osmania University, the oldest university in the State, the

city has three central universities,including the top-ranked University

of Hyderabad. There are around 250 private engineering

colleges,medical colleges, 150 pharmacy colleges and nearly 50

business schools in and around Hyderabad. Themajor educational

institutions located at Hyderabad are:

- Hyderabad

Campus

B.R. Ambedkar Open

University)

Sreeramulu Telugu University

A Centre of National Institute of Pharmaceutical Education &

Research (NIPER), under the aegis of Department of Pharmaceuticals

(DoP), Ministry of Chemicals and Fertilizers, the Govt. of India, was

setup at the former R&D Centre of IDPL (at Balanagar, Hyderabad) in

2007 to offer training programmes inall pharmacy-related disciplines

to Graduate / Post Graduate students. Today, NIPER-Hyderabad is a

fullyintegrated global pharmaceutical education and research

institute. The main objective of the institute isto offer 2 years M.S.

(Pharm.), M.B.A (Pharm.), M.Tech. (Pharm.) courses and Ph.D.

programmes. Theinstitute started with 3 disciplines via Medicinal

Chemistry, Pharmacology and Toxicology andPharmaceutical Analysis

in the year 2007. Subsequently 4 new courses were added –

Pharmaceutics(2009), M.B.A (Pharm.) (2011) and Regulatory

Toxicology and M.Tech. - Process Chemistry (2013). Ph.D. programme

in this institute commenced from academic year 2011-12 in 4






disciplines (Medicinal Chemistry, Pharmacology & Toxicology,

Pharmaceutical Analysis and Pharmaceutics).

Owing to all the technical infrastructure and manpower availability in

Hyderabad, the proposedHyderabad Pharma City is well positioned to

develop into a key Pharma Hub of India, more so with the

development of international standard Pharma University and Pharma

R&D Hub within the Pharma City.

Telangana State

Industrial Infrastructure

Corporation Limited



Environmental Monitoring Programme Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-6.0

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Environmental monitoring is the repetitive and systematic

measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to

test specific hypotheses of the effects of human activity on the

environment. The post project environmental monitoring program

serves as the key tool to keep track on performance of mitigation

measures implemented & pollution control technologies installed to

prevent impacts associated with various operations of the project.

Thus, environmental monitoring is the effective observation of site

conditions and work activities; and identification of potential non-

compliance situations and initiation of corrective or remedial actions.

Monitoring is as important as that of control of pollution, since the

efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

6.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

Monitoring of the following aspects is important to keep a constant

check on the environmental performance of the project and also the

environmental quality of the area.

Ambient Air Quality

Stack Emission

Work zone Air quality,

Water Quality

Wastewater Quality

Drinking Water Quality

Noise Level

Plantation Condition

Periodic Preventive Maintenance

Occupational Health & Safety Monitoring

Fire Safety Monitoring

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




Ambient Air Quality

Ambient air quality monitoring stations in and around the premises

will done as per direction by Telangana State Pollution Control Board

(TSPCB). The parameters, to be monitored include RPM, PM2.5, SO2

and NOx. Fugitive emission will be monitored periodically at a number

of plant sites to ensure that air pollution devices are working properly.

Table 6.1: Air Pollutant Measurement Technique

Sl.

No.

Parameter Technique Technical Protocol

Minimum

Detectable

1 Suspended

Particulate

Matter

Respirable Dust Sampler

(Gravimetric Method)

IS:5182 (Part-IV)

2 Respirable

Particulate

Matter

Respirable Dust Sampler and

Personal Dust Sampler

approved by DGMS

(Gravimetric Method)

IS:5182 (Part-IV)

3 Sulphur Dioxide Modified West & Gaeke IS:5182 (Part-II)

4 Oxides of

Nitrogen

Jacob & Hochheiser IS:5182 (Part-VI)

Stack Emissions

The complex will have a number of pharmaceutical product manufacturing

units. These units will have number of stacks for dispersing gaseous

pollutants. All the emissions from these stacks will have to be monitored.

Generally the flue gas from the stack will be monitored once a month for

PM, SO2, and NOx. For specific industry the pollution control board can

specify to monitor some other chemicals too.

Table 6.2: Stack Measurement Technique

Sl.

No.

Parameter Technique Technical Protocol

Minimum

Detectable

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




1 Particulate

Matter

Gravimetric Method IS:11255 (Part 1

and 3)

2 Sulphur Dioxide Barium Thorin Titration IS:11255 (Part 2)

3 Oxides of

Nitrogen

IS: 11255 (Part 7) method IS:11255 (Part 7)

There can be Incinerators in some of the manufacturing units. For

incinerators, following parameters should be monitored

i) Particulate matters,

ii) Hydrochloric acid,

iii) Sulphur Dioxide,

iv) Carbon monoxide,

v) Total Dioxins and Furans

vi) Sb+As+Pb+Cr+Co+Cu+ Mn+ Ni+V+Cd+Th+Hg and their compound

[Ref: The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986]

Work zone air quality

Work zone air quality should be monitored in a number of locations.

Generally it should be monitored for the parameters mentioned for

ambient air quality. However, other parameters may be required

depending upon the location of the monitoring where specific chemicals

are being handled or transported

Water Quality

Water will be supplied from Krishna Water Supply Scheme. This water

will be used for both industrial, institutional and domestic purpose. It

may have to be further treated at the user end depending upon the type

of uses. The project authority should regularly monitor the supplied

water quality.

Parameters, to be monitored for raw water supply:

Raw Water

(River Krishna)

Alkalinity APHA 22ndEdition: 2012

Ammonia (as NH3 - Free)

APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500-NH3-B&C)

B.O.D @ 27ºC for 3 days IS 3025: PART 44, 1993 (Reaff. 1999)

Barium (as Ba) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111D)

Boron (as B) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




COD APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (5220B)

Cadmium APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111B)

Calcium (as Ca) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3500-Ca-B)

Calcium Hardness (as CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3500-Ca-B)

Chlorides (as Cl) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3500-Ca-B)

Chromium (as Cr) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111D)

Colour APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2120 B)

Conductivity @ 25ºC APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2510 B)

Copper APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111B)

Dissolved Oxygen APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500-O-C)

Fluoride APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500-F-D)

Iron (as Fe) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111B)

Lead (as Pb) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111B)

Magnesium (as Mg) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3500-Mg B)

Magnesium Hardness (as MgCO3) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3500-Mg B)

Mercury APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3112B)

Nickel APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111B)

Nitrate (as NO3) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500-NO3-E)

Odour APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2150B)

Oil & Grease APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (5520B)

pH APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500-H-B)

Phenolic Compounds (AsC6H5OH) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (5530 D)

Phosphate (as PO4) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500-P-D)

Potassium (as K) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3500-K-B)

Selenium (as Se) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012

Silica (as SiO2 - Reactive) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012

Silver APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111B)

Sodium (as Na) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3500-Na-B)

Sodium Absorbing Raio By calculation

Sulphate (as SO4) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500-SO4-E)

T.S.S APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2540 D)

Temperature APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2550 B)

Total Dissolved Solids APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2540C)

Total Hardness (as

CaCO3) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2340C)

Total Nitrogen (as N) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (4500N ORG B, 4500 NO3 E)

Turbidity APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (2130 B)

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




Zinc (as Zn) APHA 22nd Edition: 2012 (3111B)

Wastewater Quality

Zero water discharge has been planned for the complex. There will be

wastewater treatment plant and final treated wastewater after tertiary

treatment will be reused. Yet the wastewater quality before use needs

to be regularly monitored. The parameters to be monitored for

specifically for Pharmaceutical industry are:

[Ref: The Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986]

The compulsory parameters

i) pH

ii) Oil & grease

iii) BOD (3 days at 27oC)

iv) Bioassay Test

Additional parameters

i) Mercury

ii) Arsenic

iii) Chromium Cr+6

iv) Lead

v) Cyanide

vi) Phenolics

vii) Sulphides (as S)

viii) Phosphates (as P)

Drinking Water Quality

Drinking water should be monitored at different users point to check

that the quality is good for health. The monitoring should be carried

out by the project authority, who is responsible for supply of drinking

water in the complex.

Methodology of analysis for drinking water

No. Parameters Detection

limit (mg/l) Method used

1 Odour (TON) - APHA 22ndEd. 2150 B

2 Colour (Hazen) - APHA 22nd Ed. 2120 B

3 Taste - APHA 22nd Ed. 2160 C

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




4 Temperature (0C) - APHA 22nd Ed. 2550 B

5 Turbidity (NTU) - APHA 22nd Ed. 2130 B

6 Total Dissolved Solid

(mg/l) -

APHA 22nd Ed. 2540B

7 pH - APHA 22nd Ed. 4500H+B

8 Alkalinity (mg/l) 20.0 APHA 22nd Ed. 2320 B

9 Total Hardness (mg/l) - APHA 22nd Ed. 2340C

10 Residual Chlorine

(mg/l) 0.01

APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 Cl B

11 Nitrate (mg/l) 0.01 APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 NO3-

B&E

12 Fluoride (mg/l) 0.02 APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 F- C

13 Phenol (mg/l) 0.001 APHA 22nd Ed. 5530 D

14 Total Nitrogen (mg/l) 0.02 APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 N C

15 Boron (mg/l) 0.1 APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 B B

16 Chloride (mg/l) 0.15 APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 Cl- B&D

17 Sulphate (mg/l) 1.0 APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 SO42- E

18 Bi Carbonate (mg/l) - APHA 22nd Ed. 2320 B

19 Cyanide (mg/l) 0.05 APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 CN- F

20 Calcium (mg/l) 0.1 APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 Ca B

21 Manganese (mg/l) 0.03 APHA 22nd Ed. 3111B

22 Magnesium (mg/l) - APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 Mg B

23 Zinc (mg/l) 0.01 APHA 22nd Ed. 3111 B

24 Aluminium (mg/l) 0.006 APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 Al B

25 Iron (mg/L) 0.119 APHA 22nd Ed. 3111 B

26 Chromium (VI) (mg/l) 0.05 APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 CrB

27 Copper (mg/l) 0.05 APHA 22nd Ed. 3111 B

28 Mercury (mg/l) 0.001 APHA 22nd Ed. 3112 B

29 Cadmium (mg/l) 0.01 APHA 22nd Ed. 3111 B

30 Sodium (mg/l) 5.0 APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 Na B

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




31 Arsenic (mg/l) 0.01 APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 As B

32 Lead (mg/l) 0.03 APHA 22nd Ed. 3111B

33 Total Coliform / 100

ml. <1, <10,<100

APHA 22nd Ed. 9222 B

34 Fecal Coliform /100

ml. <1, <10,<100

APHA 22nd Ed. 9222 D

Noise

Noise monitoring will be carried out inside the units near the high

noise generating areas once in a month. The schedule for individual

units will be decided based on the suggestions of TSPCB as will be

prescribed in their environmental clearances.

Plantation

The project authority will have trained people to look after and record

the conditions of tree plantation and greening of the project area.

Monitoring will be continuous up to 3 years so that desired growth of

plants and trees is attained.

Periodic Preventive Maintenance

All instruments installed or used for monitoring and recording of

working environment parameters shall be regularly tested and

calibrated, and the respective records maintained;

Occupational Health & Safety Monitoring

Occupational health and safety monitoring programs shall verify the

effectiveness of prevention and control strategies. The selected

indicators shall be representative of the most significant occupational,

health, and safety hazards, and the implementation of prevention and

control strategies. The performance and achievements of the OHSMS

responsible for all management of all environments, Health & Safety

aspects shall be re-assessed on annual basis. The occupational health

and safety monitoring program shall include safety inspection, testing

and calibration. Project authority and all manufacturing units shall

carryout inspection and testing of all safety features and hazard control

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




measures for plant operation. This shall include regular inspection and

testing of all safety features and hazard control measures focusing on

engineering and personal protective features, work procedures, places

of work, installations, equipment, and tools used. The inspection shall

verify that issued personal protective equipment (PPE) continues to

provide adequate protection and is being worn as required.

6.3 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK

There are a number of regulatory requirements applicable to the

activities being planned. These regulations are to be reviewed at

quarterly intervals.

T a b l e Error! No text of specified style in document.- 1 : A p p l i c a b l e

r e g u l a t o r y r e q u i r e m e n t s

S.

No.

Applicable Legislation /

Rule / Permit Requirement

Action Required /

Timing of Action

1

Environmental Clearance

as per the EIA Notification

dated 14thSept 2006 and

amended till date

A general permit to

establish facility

Before

commencement of

the project

2 Consent to Establish/

NOC from the TSPCB

A general permit to

establish facility

NOC to be applied

before

commencement of

the project

3

License from the

Directorate of Industrial

Safety & Health / Factory

Inspectorate

A general permit to

undertake plant

activities from a

safety and

occupational health

viewpoint.

On completion of

detailed plant layout

and prior to

commencement of

operations.

4 Consent under the Air Act

from the TSPCB

Permit to discharge

air emissions from

the flue gas stacks

Application to be

filed with the TSPCB

once the NOC is

obtained after the

commencement of

the project

5 Consent under the Water Permit to discharge Application to be

Telangana State


Corporation Limited




S.

No.

Applicable Legislation /

Rule / Permit Requirement

Action Required /

Timing of Action

Act from the TSPCB wastewater

resulting from the

project activities


once the NOC is

obtained after the

commencement of

the project

6

Authorization to generate,

transport and dispose

hazardous wastes from the

TSPCB

Permit to generate

and dispose

hazardous wastes

Application to be


once the NOC is

obtained after the

commencement of

the project

7 The Public Liability Act,

1991 (PLI)

Insurance to be

taken out

insurance under PLI

covers the project

under consideration

8

Chemical Accidents

(Emergency Planning,

Preparedness and

Response) Rules, 1996

Preparation of

Local/District Level

Crisis groups, for

management of

offsite emergencies.

Identify whether

Local or District

Level Crisis Groups

exist at site and

take proactive part

in preparing Offsite

DMP.

9

Factory License from the

DISH (Department of

Industrial Safety Health)

A basic safety

license to run the

Factory

Application prior to

construction





Additional Studies Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-7.0

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 RISK ASSESSMENT

Hyderabad Pharma City will have a number of pharmaceutical

manufacturing units. These units are in essence chemical processing

units which uses different flammable and hazardous and toxic

chemicals. The units may have operations under pressure or in

vacuum, at higher or lower temperature. So for these units risk

assessment may be required depending upon the quantity of

hazardous material stored, used and types of operations. Here below

we discuss a general approach and steps for risk assessment for such

units.

Risk is defined as the unwanted consequences of a particular activity

in relation to the likelihood that this may occur.

Hazard is a state or condition having the potential to cause a deviation

from uniform or intended behaviour which, in turn, may result in

damage to property, people or environment. The word “hazard” does

not express a view on the magnitude of the consequences or how

likely it is that the harm will actually occur. A “major hazard” is

associated with Loss of Containment and has the potential to cause

significant damage or multiple fatalities. Again, the term does not

imply that such events are likely.

Risk is the combination of the likelihood and the consequences of

such incidents. More scientifically, it is defined as the likelihood of a

hazard occurrence resulting in an undesirable event. The likelihood

may be expressed either as a frequency (i.e. the rate of events per unit

time) or a probability (i.e., the chance of the event occurring in

specified circumstances). The consequence is defined as an event or

chain of events that result from the release of a hazard. The impact or

effect is the degree of harm caused by the event.

Safety is the inverse of risk. The higher the risk for an occupation or

installation, the lower is its safety. The popular understanding of

safety sometimes appears to be “zero risk”, but this is impossible in

an intrinsically hazardous activity.






7.1.1 Quantitative risk assessment (QRA)

Estimation of individual risk or consequence of a single accident

scenario depends on a number of factors. Probability of a certain

accident depends on probability of failure of a plant component

including human error/ failure and failure of designed counter

measures. Probability of a certain consequence depends on the

probability of wind direction, probability of ignition case of a fire or

explosion and finally probability of being injured or killed which

depends on the damage criteria. Quantitative risk assessment (QRA) is

a means of making a systematic analysis of the risks from hazardous

activities, and forming a rational evaluation of their significance, in

order to provide input to a decision-making process.

The first stage in a QRA is defined as system definition where the

potential hazards associated with a facility or activities are to be

analyzed. The hazard identification consists of a qualitative review of

possible accidents that may occur, based on previous accident

experience or judgment where necessary. Once the potential hazards

have been identified, the frequency analysis estimates how likely it is

for the accidents to occur, based on the type and number of

equipment components included in the defined failure cases. The

component failure frequencies to be used are usually derived from an

analysis of historical accident experience, or by some form of

theoretical modelling.

In parallel with the frequency analysis, consequence modelling

evaluates the resulting effects if the accidents occur, and their impact

on people, equipment and structures, the environment or business,

depending on the defined scope of the QRA study. Estimation of the

consequences of each possible event often requires some form of

computer modelling. Consequence analysis requires the modelling of a

number of distinctive phases, i.e., discharge, dispersion, fires and

explosions (for flammable materials).






.

The scenarios considered for release of flammable and toxic chemicals

are:

Fireball – Immediate ignition of a large amount of vapour gas

Flash fire - Delayed ignition of zone of gas / vapour

VCE – Vapour Cloud Explosion – Explosion of a dispersing

cloud

Jet flame – Immediate ignition of a continuous releasing vapour

Pool fire – Liquefied pool catches fire

BLEVE – Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion – This

occurs when a pressurised tank of flammable liquid is subjected

to fire. First, it raises the internal pressure and then it weakens

Probability of

Accident

Scenarios

Identification of

Accident Scenarios

Calculation

of Consequences

Probability of

Physical Effects

Calculation of

Overall

Probability

Probability of

Damage

Calculation of

Damage

Quantification of

Risk

Evaluation of

Risk






the tank shell. This can cause the tank burst catastrophically

releasing a large quantity of boiling liquid which vaporises

violently and then may ignite to form a fireball. The BLEVE will

also produce large projectiles from the parts of ruptured vessel

or from neighbouring equipment and cause significant damage.

Toxic effect for toxic materials.

Closely liaised with the consequence assessment is the impact

assessment, i.e. how does the fire, explosion or toxic cloud affect

human beings. When the frequencies and consequences / impact of

each modelled event have been estimated, they can be combined to

produce risk results. Various forms of risk presentation may be used,

commonly grouped as follows: - Individual risk - the risk experienced

by an individual person

Thermal damage:

The hazards will cause different levels of damage and its area of

concern will be also different. It is therefore useful to decide on the

damage criteria relevant to each type of hazard. For the present study

only thermal damages are being considered.

Pool fire, jet flame, flash fire will generate heat radiation. Following

have been given as the heat flux levels important for hazard analysis.

Table 7.2: Effect of Heat Radiation

Heat Radiation Effect

37.5 kw/m2 Damage to equipment

12.5 “ Melting plastic

4.0 “ Blistering

1.6 “ Severe hot feeling

Thermal damage is a function of amount of heat flux as well as

exposure time. This is true both for plant equipment and people. The

variation of the effects on humans due to heat flux and duration of

exposure have been developed in the form of a probit equation which

gives following values for human fatality levels .

Table 7.3Heat Radiation and Fatality

Exposure time in seconds for %

fatality






Radiation Level

(kw/m2)

1 % 50% 99%

1.6 500 1300 3200

4.0 150 370 930

12.5 30 80 200

37.5 8 20 50

Total exposure is expressed by a quantity obtained by the following

equation. (Radiation) E+1.333x Time. For 1% human fatality this

value is about 1000.

Overpressure Damage

Explosion release a sudden amount of energy which travels as a shock

wave or over pressure.

Table 7.4

Overpressure and Damage

Over pressure

(milibar)

Damage type

345 Heavy Damage

140 Repairable Damage

70 Major Glass Damage

20 10 % Glass Damage

7.1.2 Risk Criteria

The next stage is to introduce criteria, which are yardsticks to indicate

whether the risks are acceptable, or to make some other judgment

about their significance. Risk assessment is the process of comparing

the level of risk against a set of criteria as well as the identification of

major risk contributors. The purpose of risk assessment is to develop

mitigation measures for unacceptable generators of risk, as well as to

reduce the overall level of risk to As Low as Reasonably Practical

(ALARP).






The UK HSE Individual Risk Criteria is generally considered to assess

the risk for the proposed project.

Risk criteria for Individual Risk for on-site are as follows:

- Individual risk levels above 1 x 10-3 per year will be considered

unacceptable and will be reduced, irrespective of cost

- Individual risk levels below 1 x 10-6 per year will be broadly

acceptable

- Risk levels between 1 x 10-3 and 1 x 10-6 per year will be reduced to

levels as low as reasonably practicable (ALARP). The risk within this

region is tolerable only if further risk reduction is considered

impracticable because of the cost required to reduce the risk is grossly

disproportionate to the improvement achieved.






Figure 7.2 Risk Criteria

7.2 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

In recent years, public awareness of hazards from industry have

increased considerably. Local people and employees have now better

legal safeguards against industrial disasters. The management today

has more responsibilities in respect of any kind of disaster in its

project. So, specific management plan to encounter a disaster

situation is of utmost importance. As disaster types, sources, effects

are different, it needs multi-disciplinary and multi-organizational

approach to tackle such situation.

Types of Disaster

Disaster is an event which causes severe disruption to life of number

of people or to the project activities resulting in suffering and loss of

life and property.

Disasters can be

I) Plant oriented- due to design errors, operational defects, chemical

changes, failure of equipments human errors etc. ( in the plant area).

II) Natural- flood, cyclone, fire, earthquakes, biological disaster.

III) Manmade- war, riot, sabotage.






Degrees of Disaster

Disaster can be classified in 3 types depending on its effects.

1. LOW -- can cause injury, illness and equipments damage but not

very serious and quickly manageable.

2. MID-Critical situation, can cause serious injuries to personnel,

serious illness property and equipment damage.

3. HIGH- Catastrophic situation, major danger, can cause deaths,

major widespread illness, injuries, loss of major property and

equipments. Immediately uncontrollable.

The above contingencies will be declared by the chief coordinator. The

following will be the mode of action during different degrees of

disaster.

HIGH DISASTER- Catastrophic condition. All employees to be

evacuated. Local administration to be properly informed and

interacted.

MID DISASTER- All project activities to be stopped. All employees to

be in safe place. To be ready for High disaster situation. Inform local

administration.

LOW DISASTER- Activities in the affected area stopped. To be ready

for MID disaster condition.

Stages of Disaster

The duration of disaster's effect can be divided into following stages:

Warning

Impact

Rescue

Relief

Rehabilitation

1) Warning:

The natural calamities which may lead to disasters e.g. flood, cyclone

can often be predicted. There are possibilities of disasters during local






trouble, riot, war etc. also. All facilities to encounter the disaster

should be kept ready and employees in full alert.

2) Impact:

This is the time when the disaster actually strikes and very little can

be done to counter the situation. The impact period may be of few

seconds ( like explosion or earthquake) or for days ( like flood, fire,etc).

3) Rescue:

This is the most important stage which start before the predicted

disaster of just after the impact. All available resources need to be

immediately engaged in operation.

4) Relief:

This is a longer stage of work depending on the degree of disaster.

Work during this stage will need external help for medical, food,

clothing and shelter.

5) Rehabilitation:

This is an important stage in terms of future planning. It includes

rebuilding of damaged properties, restart of project work,

compensation etc.

7.2.1 Components of On Site Disaster Management Plan

On site Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is required to meet the

emergency condition during disastrous event in the plant. Its

objectives are to:

Rescue and treat casualties

Safeguard other people & Installations

Minimize damage

Control initially and restore ultimately to normal situation

Arrange rehabilitation of the affective people

It is therefore necessary to develop an onsite disaster management

plan through a systematic study of the hazard possibilities.






A summary of the plan is given below. The plan will be revised and

detailed after the commissioning of the plant, as then all the units will

be in final shape. The exact name and designations of all personnel

will be then provided in the plan.

Key Persons and their role:

Site Controller is the person who assumes absolute control of the

Complex and determines the action necessary to control the

Emergency. He/She will wear a Red & White Helmet to confirm his

identity. The General Manager will be the site controller.

Site controller will ensure that all members of his/her team have been

informed to collect at Emergency Control centre. He/She will then

proceed to Emergency Control Centre to take charge.

After firsthand assessment of situation he/she will give necessary

instructions to Emergency Control Team. He/She will maintain a Log

book of all the activities.

He/she will keep in touch with the external communication Team.

He/she will ensure that information is sent to outside emergency

services (Police and Fire Brigade).

He/she will depute people to,

Attend to telephone

Keep in touch with incident controller

Communicate with Assembly Points

Meet outside emergency services

Ensure proper flow of traffic and security

Meet media/ other people coming at site from outside.

Arrange for Medical Aid

Incident Controller is the person who goes to the scene of emergency

and supervises the actions taken at the incident to overcome the

Emergency. Shift Manager will act as Incident Controller. His

responsibilities will be

Direct all efforts to contain and control the incident.

Keep non-essential persons away from the site.

Guide outside emergency services at the site.






Arrange to remove any casualties at the site.

Keep in touch with Emergency Controller.

Security In-Charge will

a) Actuate the Emergency Siren, if not done already.

b) Send one guard to start the fire pump.

c) Attend to incoming telephone.

d) Await instructions from the Emergency Controller

Communication Officer

Public Relations Officer will act as Communication Officer.

On hearing alarm He will proceed to Emergency Control Centre.

Maintains communication with Incident Controller and Deputy

Incident Controller

Recruits suitable staff to act as messengers if telephone and other

communications fail

Organizes all requirement of Emergency Control Centre

Arranges Food, Transport, Nursing Home etc

Personnel Manager

He will work as Liaison officer. He should be positioned in the office

near gate.

Will deal with police, media and outside enquiries in consultation

with Site Controller.

Will keep in touch with Union

Will arrange for refreshments if required

will control traffic movement traffic movement inside the factory

and arrange for alternative transport if required

Will keep a record of attendance of workers, staff, contractor’s

personnel, and visitors at the Gate which will act as Assembly

Point.

Safety Officer

Will assist the Incident Controller with his special knowledge on

the safety aspects in the factory. He will help to identify the






hazardous chemicals, hazard zones and zone of probable impact in

different accident scenarios

will select people with special training in safety matters to assist in

the control activities

Fire & Security Officer

His main task is fire fighting and control

Announce through PAS about the incident zone and any other

immediate information needed for the people nearby

Maintains liaison with the Fire Brigade team from outside

Medical Officer

Will immediately open a First Aid Centre at Control Centre or at

Assembly Point

Will take up the full responsibility of providing medical assistance

during emergency

Will arrange for outside medical help if required.

Telephone Operator

On hearing the emergency alarm, he/she will immediately contact

Site Controller

On the advice of Site controller/Incident Controller/Security

Officer will ring Fire brigade, Police etc

Keep telephone board free for urgent communications.

General employees who have not been specified a duty in case of

emergency should proceed to/contact the Emergency Assembly Point

in their area. Designated persons will carry out the actions detailed in

the Individual Plant Emergency Procedure. The Roll Call leader will

hold a Roll call. Personnel not at their normal work place must go to

the emergency assembly point. Personnel will remain at these points

and await instructions from the Site Controller.

Contractor’s Employees

Contractor's employees will be instructed in the Emergency

Procedures before commencing work on this site. They will report to

the emergency assembly point on this site. Personnel Manager will






guide them in case a major decision like evacuation from the factory is

taken.

Visitors

Infrequent visitors are registered on each visit. They will be given a

Visitors pass which includes an emergency action statement. The

responsibility for visitors in emergency situation rests with the person

being visited.

Responsibilities outside general shift hours

Shift Supervisior

He will act as Site controller for the time being. As soon as becomes

aware of the emergency and its location, he will proceed to the scene.

He will assess the scale of the incident and direct operations within

the affected areas.

He will contact and inform the Site Controller and Incident Controller

immediately. Till their arrival he will continue to perform their duties.

He will contact the departmental head to act as incident controller

and guide Safety Officer and Security Officers for containing the

damage.

He will call the Medical Officer to the plant if necessary.

Other staff with designated responsibilities will act as instructed.

7.2.2 Infrastructure

Fire Fighting Facilities: The plant will have adequate fire fighting aids

including fire hydrants close to the required locations. There will be

Portable Fire Extinguishers of different types and sizes are installed in

specific places.

The factory siren will be used for raising the alarm and also for ALL

CLEAR signal






First Aid boxes are provided in specific locations including at the

Assembly point for administering preliminary treatment. A number of

employees are trained for first aid use.

Emergency Control Centre is the point from which the Site Controller

directs the movements of Personnel and Equipment during an

Emergency.

Contents of Emergency Control Centre:

a) External telephone line and a list of relevant telephone numbers.

b) Internal telephone and telephone list of Emergency Assembly

Points.

c) List of Emergency Control Team, who must be called showing

addresses and telephone numbers.

d) Emergency Controller's Red & White Helmet.

e) A list of all persons (by title) responsible for groups of employees.

f) Logs and Emergency Controller's checklist.

g) Emergency lighting.

h) Copy of the emergency plan.

i) List of persons trained in First Aid & Fire Fighting.

j) List of safety cabinets and their contents & locations.

k) Battery operated torches.

l) Detailed site plan.

n) First aid equipment including stretchers (in surgery).

Assembly Point is a place containing an internal telephone and paging

system, where people can wait in a group during emergency to receive

instructions from the Emergency Controller.

External Communication will be done by Site Controller. The following

persons and offices may be given updated information as necessary

and ask for necessary help.






7.3 Mitigation measures for Risk

1. The Live- Work zones are distinctly apart to minimise impact of

industries on day to day living.

2. By design, Industrial buildings are proposed to be distant in the critical

wind directions, i.e, E-W.

3. Co-gen plants, District heating and cooling systems, Captive power

plants are designed to ensure NO-break Supply of power, water, steam

and cooling requirements.

4. Requirement of Boilers and chillers in each plot is replaced by central

district heating and cooling plants. The network of plants are

centralised to a zone and are exclusive, ensuring that failure of one unit

is not detrimental. Within each unit, multiple modules are designed,

further ensuring a redundant source to cover any break –outs.

5. The central services also significantly reduce the point source of

emissions across the site. Control and mitigation measures are also

reduced to the central plants and infra hubs.

6. Major Fire stations have coverage of 3-5 Km, and minor fire stations

have a coverage of 1-2.5Km.

7. Polyclinics and dispensaries are planned as per the desired workforce

generation.

8. ZLD based CETPs with various modules in various zones shall be

installed to enable necessary expansion as and when needed.

9. Online continuous monitoring systems shall be installed at inlet and

outlet of CETPs to have check on its performance. Similarly Online

continuous monitoring systems shall be installed at industry outlets

too.





Project Benefits Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-8.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

Implementation of the proposed Hyderabad Pharma City project in

Kandukur, Yacharam and Kadathal Mandals of Ranga Reddy District in

the State of Telangana will be a boon to the region and will give various

benefits to society of the region.

Such project is expected to improve living conditions by providing better

employment opportunities and thereby result in further reduction of

population below poverty line, which is one of the prime policy objectives

of the Government.

It is expected that by creation of good employment potential and

industrialization of this area, poor/weaker section of the society will

enjoy higher earning power and quality of life.

The project is expected to accelerate the infrastructure development in

and around the area, such as road, transports and communication

facilities.

Trading of equipment and materials such as plates, pipe fittings, valves,

pumps, compressors, electrical machinery and construction materials

provide employment and income to a large number of people.

Through the proposed project, it is expected to improve hospitality

services such as hotels/lodgings, houses, restaurants, fast food joints,

transport services, couriers, travel, shopping, amusement park,

communication facilities, hospitals / nursing homes as well as education

facilities such as schools, colleges and other professional institutes /

training centers / coaching centres in the region.

The project Proponent will also contribute a part of the project cost

towards Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR). The Company fully

understands and acknowledges that better education and health care

facilities, road infrastructure and drinking water facilities are basic

social amenities for better living standard of any human being. The





Project Benefits Environment Protection & Training Research Institute, Hyderabad

above activities shall be initiated either by providing or by improving the

facilities in the area, which will help in uplifting the living standards of

local communities.

The employment opportunities, both direct and indirect, that will arise

from the proposed project during construction and operation period.

Preference shall be given to local people depending upon their skill and

qualification.

The project will create opportunities for indirect employment to persons

who shall be employed for the greenery development work in and around

the site.

The project is expected to create opportunities for indirect employment

(as drivers, conductors and attendants of new trucks, passenger carrying

vehicles, technicians in workshops and garages besides the plumbers,

electricians and masons). The project will create opportunities for

indirect employment due to increase in trade opportunities like stockiest

/ retailers of building materials, groceries, provision shops, medical

stores, garment shops, furniture shops, etc.




C9 - 1

Environmental Management Plan Environment Protection Training & Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER-9.0

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 Introduction

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure that the

environmental quality of the area does not deteriorate due to the

construction and operation of the project under study. However the

EMP being discussed below is mainly for the construction and

operation of the common facilities of the complex. Later as the

individual manufacturing units are set up, each will have its own

EMP. So at the end of this chapter, a guideline is provided for those

pharmaceutical units to develop their environmental management

practices.

The probable impacts have been predicted in Chapter 4.0. Present

chapter covers the management of the overall environmental and

additional issues including the health and safety issues and

requirement of capacity building for environmental management.

Management plan consists of the following activities:

i) Specific action plan for implementing mitigation measures

ii) Monitoring of Environmental Quality

iii) Training

iv) Statutory requirements and Implementation

v) Documentation

vi) Green Belt Plantation

vii) Occupational Health & Safety

viii) Capacity Building

9.2 Implementation Plan

Mitigation Plan is the key to ensure that the environmental qualities of

the area will not deteriorate due to the construction and operation of

the project. The Mitigation Plan covers all aspects of the construction

and operation phases related to environment.

The mitigation plan needs to be implemented right from the

conception and should continue till the end. Implementation of

Environmental Mitigation Measures is the most important task of

EMP. The Plan can be divided into two phases - (a) During




C9 - 2


construction phase and (b) During operational phase. An

implementation task list is formed and the important mitigation

measures are included. The list also includes the time frame for

implementation and also the responsibilities of the concerned

authority.

9.2.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION

General

The contractors shall submit their HSE (Health, Safety &

Environment) Plan to the project proponent for review and

approval. The Plan shall not be limited to, but, in general, shall

include the following items:

Traffic Safety

Vehicle shall not exceed the speed limit of 25 Km/hr inside the project area.

All vehicles shall be maintained in safe & roadworthy condition. The contractor shall avoid traffic congestion and abide by the

traffic rules by deploying trained and licensed drivers.

Fuel and Sanitation

The project management shall take adequate steps to ensure suitable sanitary facilities for the workers. These facilities include water supply, sanitary toilets, separately for male & female and waste treatment etc. Otherwise, the local land and water courses may get polluted.

Contractors shall arrange the supply of fuel to the construction workers so that the local trees are not felled to meet the fuel requirement. The Municipal Solid Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2000 also prohibits the burning of leaves.

Handling & Storage of Hazardous Chemicals

Hazardous chemicals/materials like oils, paints, and other chemicals etc. which are hazardous in nature shall be stored safely.

Contractors shall enlist all chemicals on stock at the Construction Site including details:

the type of the chemicals the quantity the composition health hazards




C9 - 3


the method of treatment in case of exposure safety precautions

Emission & Noise Control

During construction, the contractors shall take adequate measures (e.g. water spraying) to avoid dust emissions.

The contractor shall ensure proper upkeep of the construction equipment to avoid smoke emissions from the same.

Construction material/ the debris shall be transported with proper cover to avoid the fugitive emissions of dust.

The equipment shall comply with the Statutory limit of 85 dB(A) (at 1 m. from the source).

Waste Collection & Disposal

Waste has been categorized as: wood, metal, chemicals, paper, plastic etc.

The impact of waste shall be reduced through segregated collection.

Besides, during mobilization, construction, demobilization and commissioning of the project, the contractor shall minimize the waste burden through proper material selection.

The Contractors shall provide a sufficient number of metal containers on-site to store trash and debris resulting from their operations. The Safety Engineer, deputed by the respective contractor is responsible to monitor it at site.

No waste, regardless of composition, shall be drained to sewers, trenches, ditches or channels.

Hazardous waste disposed off during the construction activities shall be registered in a Waste Log by the contractor. Waste shall be stored in such a way that it is not accessible to unauthorized persons.

Waste handling shall be in compliance with applicable Legislation.

Personal Safety

The contractors shall provide his workers with Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) (e.g. Dust Mask, Ear Plug/ Muff, Hand Gloves etc.).

The contractors shall maintain First-aid Facility at the site &

also an ambulance for proper medical care of his workers.




C9 - 4


Review of Contractor’s HSE performance

The Contractors shall submit the HSE performance periodically to the project proponent.

Based on the review by the project proponent, the contractor shall make suitable changes in the plan and take corrective & preventive actions.

9.2.2 DURING OPERATION

In order to mitigate the impacts during operation, the following measures are recommended for each environmental component:

9.2.2.1 Air Environment The impact on air quality due to emissions from multiple sources

during continuous operation has been assessed by use of

mathematical models. The industries shall provide state of the art

technology to curb the air pollution. The major sources during the

operational phase will be the boiler emissions from different

operating units in the area. 250 MW Gas fuelled engine coupled

cogeneration (power & cooling) plant will be another source of air

pollution. Modular and scalable Gas based co generation plant,

with each unit capacity of 10 MW is proposed.

Apart from this, a 3 MW waste to energy plant has also been

proposed for the dual benefit of reduction of municipal solid waste

to be sent to landfill and production of useful electrical energy,

which will also be another source of pollution.

The measures proposed for mitigating impacts on ambient air

quality during the project operations include the following:

Emissions from individual stacks shall comply with the

emission standards stipulated by MoEFCC and SPCB.

The combustion of the fuel shall have to be maintained

properly at optimum Efficiency with minimum excess air so

that fuel consumption is optimized and emission of NOx is

minimised.

Low NOx burners with online analyzer as per MoEFCC

guidelines shall be implemented.

Energy conservation projects/schemes to result into

reduction in quantity of fuel should be implemented.




C9 - 5


Ambient air quality shall be undertaken as per the schedule

and at the locations to be identified in the impact zone / as

per the SPCB.

Fugitive emissions monitoring shall be undertaken at regular

intervals at all relevant points

Gas powered or low sulphur diesel and unleaded petrol in

conventional vehicles may be used within the project area.

Idling of vehicles should also be minimized during transport

and handling activities.

Loading/unloading and storage areas should be paved to

reduce dust emissions.

All access roads (internal as well external) shall be covered

either with concrete or bitumen to suppress the dust

generation along the roads.

9.2.2.2 Noise Environment

During operation, the equipment like Diesel generators, boiler

area, pumps, cooling tower, compressors etc. will be the major

noise generation sources. The predominant noise levels are

confined to the work zones in the plant. The workers operating

near the source should wear ear Muffs. The following measures

are recommended to mitigate high noise levels:

The design of the equipment will be in conformation with

the prescribed noise levels by the regulatory authorities.

Either Acoustic barriers/ shelter shall be developed in noisy

workplaces or acoustic enclosures shall be provided for the

high noise generating equipment.

Conduct periodic audiometric tests for employees working

close to high noise levels, such as compressors, DG sets etc.

Provision of Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs)such as

earplugs, earmuffs to the workers need to be made and their

proper usage should be ensured for eardrum protection of

the workers as well as visitors.

9.2.2.3 Water Environment

It is envisaged to treat the industrial wastewater in the proposed

Zero Liquid (ZLD) based Common Effluent Treatment Plant

(CETP), which will be developed in modules as per the demand.

The domestic wastewater will be treated in Sewage Treatment

Plant (STP), which will be established in modules.




C9 - 6


The following measures are recommended to address the water

environment during operation:

Main emphasis should be laid on the conservation of water

by adopting all possible measures to minimize the fresh

water consumption. Rain water harvesting should be

implemented by capturing maximum rain water in the

project area to utilize the same in the project. This will

ultimately reduce the fresh water consumption.

Wastewater treatment plants will have good cushion to

meet the hydraulic and pollution load during operation of

the plants. The project authorities should ascertain during

planning stage and further assess during commissioning

stage so that the treated effluent would have characteristics

of prescribed limits of CPCB/ SPCB. The performance of

both STP & CETP should be continuously monitored and

any deviation in performance should be corrected on

priority basis.

There will be maximum possible reuse of the treated

effluent to minimize the use of fresh water.

Dosing of chlorine or biocides as part of advanced cooling

water treatment in the cooling water system will be done to

take care of biological growth.

The detailed record of raw water intake at complex and

wastewater generation from different sources shall be

maintained on daily/ regular basis w.r.t. flow rates and

characteristics. These details would be useful in preparing

comprehensive water balance with micro-level details at

project site and also for identification and implementation

of reuse/recycle practice of treated effluent at project site

leading to minimization of effluent discharges.

Water flow measurement facilities (metering) shall be

provided at inlet and outlets of major process units, which

shall help in minimizing wastage, conserving the water as

well as maximizing the recycle/reuse of treated effluent.

9.2.2.4 Land Environment

The detailed account of the solid waste management has been

included in Chapter-2. All precautions will be taken to ensure

proper disposal of the different solid wastes. A proper record

w.r.t. quantity, quality and treatment/management of




C9 - 7


solid/hazardous waste shall be maintained by the

environmental monitoring cell for different sources. The Project

Authorities shall maintain good house-keeping throughout the

project area.

Proposed sanitary landfill will be a fully engineered disposal

method, which includes spreading, compacting and covering

the wasteland. The volume of waste to be dumped in the

landfill is worked out as per the Rejects quantities specified in

for active period of 25 years. The facility shall be designed to

collect the possible leachate coming out of the wastes. The

collected leachate may be pumped to the effluent treatment

plant proposed onsite. The flooring will be constructed by

providing a 1.5 to 2.0 mm thick HDPE liner before concreting

the floor. This would ensure that no leachate percolates into

the ground water. The facility shall be flame proof and the roof

will be designed in a way to prevent the entry of any rainwater

into the facility.

Important mitigation measures and the implementation schedule is

presented in Tables 9.1 and Table 9.2.

Table 9.1 : Environmental Management Plan during Construction Phase

Environmental Component

Remedial Measures Time frame Responsibility

Water

Ground Water Extraction of groundwater with prior permission

Throughout Construction Phase

Supervising Engineer

Surface water sources

No disposal of any wastewater outside. Refuelling, washing and maintenance of

equipment and vehicles will be prohibited in the vicinity of water bodies.


Contractor, Supervising Engineer

Drinking Water Requirement

Arrange water without affecting local requirement



Wastewater from

Workers’ camp

Ensure proper

sanitation and drainage. No direct discharge of wastewater in the water bodies.

Throughout

Construction Phase

Design

Consultant, Contractor, Supervising Engineer




C9 - 8


Air & Noise

Dust Generation Spraying of water wherever required. All stock pile materials

which can blow to contribute to airborne

dust will be covered with canvas or plastic sheets during windy season. The vehicle should be covered while

transporting the materials.



Gaseous Emission

from Construction work vehicles

Ensure checking of

vehicular emission and obtaining Pollution Under Control Certificate

Throughout

Construction Phase

Contractor,


Noise from machineries and construction and blasting

No blasting after evening. Ensure machineries meeting noise level standards.

Noise levels of machineries used shall conform to relevant

standards prescribed in Environment

Conservation Rules, 1997. Silencers and mufflers of machineries will be regularly inspected to control

noise generation.



Land

Solid Waste from construction work

Ensure dumping at preselected location


Design Consultant, Contractor, Supervising Engineer

Ecology

Cutting of trees,

removal of all vegetation

Trees to be cut should

be numbered and details recorded. New trees, five times the number cut, will be planted.

Throughout

Construction Phase

Contractor,





C9 - 9


Others

Occupational Health & Safety

All relevant rules for protection of health and safety of the workers

will be rigorously followed. All contractors

will be made aware of this responsibility. Proper restriction signs and other methods should be applied to

prevent unwanted entry of people.


Design Consultant, Contractor,


Traffic There will be a

continuous vigil to see that the regular local traffic is not disturbed. There will be personnel to guide the

construction vehicles to the site without causing any traffic jam

Throughout

Construction Phase

Contractor,


Socioeconomy A management committee should regularly check up the

progress of CSR programme.

The committee should check the employment of local people by subcontractors.



Table 9.2 Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase

Environmental Component

Remedial Measures Time frame Responsibility

Wastewater Management

No discharge of wastewater outside the plant. A CETP / STP has been designed to treat the effluent to required standard and reused

Throughout Operation Phase

Manager Environment

Gaseous Pollution Dispersion through high stack, Scrubbers, Bag filters, use of Low NOx burner.


Manager Production and Manager Environment




C9 - 10


Air Quality Regular Monitoring according to schedule. Air quality should be monitored

inside the plant and outside

stations. The pollutants to be monitored are NOx, PM10, PM2.5 SO2.

once in each season during

Operation

Phase or as suggested by TSPCB

Manager Environment

Emission Quality Regular Stack emission monitoring according to schedule. The pollutants to be monitored are NOx, PM,

SO2, Flow rate, Temperature

Continuous throughout Operation Phase

Manager Environment

Water Quality Monitoring of wastewater quality after treatment.

Once a day throughout

Operation Phase

Manager Environment

Noise All machineries would follow

relevant noise regulations. Regular noise monitoring according to schedule. Noise levels, Leq Day, Leq Night,

L90, to be measured in plant and nearby residential areas.

Throughout

Operation Phase

Manager

Production and Manager Environment

Solid Waste Disposal at preselected site,

Segregate wastes and dispose hazardous wastes to authorized contractors only

Throughout

Operation Phase

Manager

Environment

Hazardous Material Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) will be retained for all hazardous material stored and used. Necessary provisions will be taken as

per MSDS instructions.


Manager Environment, Manager Safety




C9 - 11


Occupational Health & Safety

Maintain all safety provisions related to plant operation and hazardous

chemicals.

Train all employees working in hazardous area for safety norms. First aid kit to be made

available. Medical person to be available on site. All subcontractors to follow the health and safety rules.

They should be trained for that. Proper signs for health and safety all around the

complex.


Manager Production and Manager

Environment

Fire Safety All employees to be trained for fire safety rules. Mock safety drills to be

performed in regular intervals. Disaster Management Group to be made ready for all

situations.

Regular check for off site helps.


Manager Safety, Disaster Management

Team

Statutory

Requirements

Meet all Statutory

Requirements with DOE within time schedule

Throughout

Operation Phase

Manager


Green belt development

Planting of trees inside the plant in a phased manner. Monitoring of the tree plantation to be carried out.


Manager Environment

Socio-economy A management committee should regularly check up the progress of CSR programme. The committee should check

the employment of local people by subcontractors.


Manager Production and Manager Environment

Environmental

Management System

An environmental group will

be set up. A suitable person should head it and will report to Plant Manger. It

will implement the EMS and should attempt to obtain

ISO 14001 accreditation.

Throughout

Operation Phase

Manager





C9 - 12


9.3 Monitoring of Environmental Quality

The success of environmental control measure can only be understood

by proper monitoring of the environmental parameters. The

monitoring for different environmental parameters for the proposed

plant will therefore be carried out. Monitoring activities has been

discussed in Chapter 6.0.

A quality assurance plan will be developed which will include all

references methods for monitoring, relevant analytical techniques,

calibration of equipment, standard of reagents, collection and

presentation of results etc. This will ensure the improved

environmental quality of the plant and surroundings.

9.4 Green Belt Development

There will be all efforts for improving the environmental quality of the

plant complex through tree planting in organised manner. According

to the local conditions, tree species that are strong-resistant and

vigor-growing will be selected. The overall planning and various

functional zone shall be harmonized and the proper layout, the

complexity of the arrangement should be done so that the overall

surrounding are not only nice-looking but also very practical.

Green belt is developed for a number of reasons. The trees with wide

and dense leaves help to arrest dust and act as a noise barrier.

Plantation of the trees will help in carbon sequestration and will

reduce the impact of greenhouse effect. The plantation will also

improve local ecological status as the birds and other creatures will be

attracted to the site, Last but not the least is the aesthetic impact of

plantation. Different flowering species and the green trees brings an

aesthetic look of the complex as before.

Each production unit should keep one third of their plant area for

greenery. The non industrial areas like the township and University

can have more areas for plantation of trees along with gardens.

Different suggested species are Acacia auriculaeformis,

Alstoniascholaris, Cassia fistula, Lagerstroemeaparviflora,

Terminaliacatappa, Spathodeacampanulata, Grevelliarobusta,

Delonixregia, Peltophorumpterocarpum, Gmelinaarberea etc.

Species of tree, to be used for plantation should be such that they are

fast growing, strong and pollutant resistant. The plantation should be




C9 - 13


a mix of different varieties. A three tier plantation scheme comprising

of:

a. Outer ring of tall, thick canopy trees. b. Middle ring of less taller trees. c. Inner core layer of tolerant species.

Green buffer in the form of green belt to a width of 15 meters should

be provided all along the periphery of the industrial area. The

individual units shall keep 33% of the allotted area as a green area.

Out of the total project area of 19333.20 acres, 3641 acres shall be

developed as a greenbelt all along the periphery of the project area,

which around 19% of the project area. The balance 14% will be

developed by the individual industries. Zone wise proposed green area

is presented below,

Zone Green Area (in Acres)

Zone1 885.31

Zone2 570.13

Zone3 452.91

Zone4 337.38

Zone5 566.87

Zone6 828.4

Total 3641

9.5 Training

Training is of much importance in environmental management.

Environmental science is a developing subject and the people

implementing environmental strategies should remain up to date with

the environmental control processes. The persons in charge of the

environmental jobs should attend suitable training courses. Besides,

there shall be training programme for the general employees on

environmental issues at different level.

9.6 Statutory Requirements and Implementation

Each industry needs to meet a number of statutory requirements

under Environment Conservation Rules. Company has also

commitment to meet the international norms and guidelines.

Environment Management plan will ensure that these entire statutory

requirement are met in time.




C9 - 14


9.7 Documentation

Documentation is an important step in implementing Environmental

Management Plan. All statutory norms should be kept at one place for

quick references. All monitoring results should be kept at selected

folders which can be easily accessed. The presentation of the results

should also be planned. Graphs and diagrams can be used to show

the trend in environmental quality or achievement. Documents should

be kept at a declared position.

Documentation will include

Major technical information in operation

Organizational Charts

Environmental Monitoring Standards

Environmental and related legislation

Operational Procedure

Monitoring Records

Quality Assurance Plan for Monitoring

Emergency plans

9.8 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) The Project Proponent has identified certain areas, to be considered

for imparting the CSR activities in the context of the local scenario of

the area. The proponent proposes to invest 271 Crores on the CSR

activities, which is 2% of the total project cost (Rs. 5157.76 Crores).

This fund shall be utilized over a period of 5 years. The activity-wise

breakup of the total investment over the period of 5years is presented

in Table-9.2. Details of these activities will be developed later in

consultation with the local community and administration.

TABLE-8.2 ACTIVITY – WISE INVESTMENT ON CSR OVER A PERIOD OF 5 YEARS

ACTIVITY TOTAL INVESTMENT (Rs. Crores)

Infrastructure development like road & drainage

for the locality 83

Financial Support to the local school 17

Vocational Training for local youths 12

Developing IT facilities for the area 17




C9 - 15


9.8 Occupational Health and Safety

H e a l t h a n d S a f e t y A s p e c t s

Plant operation will involve storage handling and use of several

chemicals. Some of these chemicals may be hazardous in nature.

Information about these chemicals is therefore important for the

safety of the employees and the plant. Besides, the health status of

the employees is also important which may be affected due to

exposure to these chemicals. The exposures may be sudden and

accidental or for a long period. In both the cases there will be different

health effects. Therefore, safety measures dealing with these

chemicals are of vital importance.

Different chemicals like chlorine, hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid

etc. will be required for water treatment, effluent treatment, etc. These

chemicals will be handled according to the directions provided by the

manufacturers. Emergency bath and first aid facilities will be provided

in the handling areas. Breathing apparatus shall be provided for

workers handling chlorine.

Handling of hazardous chemicals involves risks to workers as they are

constantly exposed to these chemicals during various operations and

storages. In the event of an accident, not only the workers but also the

general public can be exposed to dangers.

Some quick steps first aid and treatment for chemicals are given

below:

- Ingested : Dilute immediately by giving 200 ml of diluted milk of

magnesia, diluted aluminium hydroxide gel, milk, raw egg, or water

to drink. Do not give bicarbonate or carbonate.

Construction of community centres 8

Construction of Water bodies 17

Water Supply in the nearby villages 21

Plantation in the area 12

Medical Support (Health Centres, Ambulance,

Special Clinic for locals, Regular medical

assistance, Blood Donation, Eye Check Up, Child

Health etc.) for the villagers

82

Distribution of blankets, shoes, umbrellas etc. to

local people 2




C9 - 16


- Relieve pain and treat shock: Perform esophagoscopypromly to

determine the presence of injury. Perforation, peritonitis, and

major bleeding are indications for surgery.

- Skin Contact: Flood with water for 15 minutes. Use on chemical

antidotes; the heat of the reaction may cause additional injury.

Relieve pain and treat shock.

- Eye contact: Flood with water for 5 minutes, holding the eyelids

open. Relieve pain by use of local anesthetic agent. Arrange for

slitlamp examination.

- Inhalation: Remove from further exposure to fumes or gas.

- Check skin and clothing.

Personnel Safety

For safety of working personnel the following steps will be undertaken.

All easily accessible moving parts in the plant will be securely

fenced.

There will be arrangement for prompt power cut from transmission

equipment, if necessary.

The safety clearance of 230kV outdoor HV distribution devices is

designed according to the related regulations.

To prevent the contact of people to the energized parts, necessary

barriers or fence will be set for the exposed HV devices, according to

the regulations. Electric locking devices will be set for the doors of

HV switch cubicles and intervals, in order to prevent people from

entering the energized room. Dangerous alarm symbol will be

suspended obviously on all the energized devices.

In order to prevent from the electric misoperation, HV switch

cubicle with the 5-prevention, namely prevention from misoperation

of open or close circuit breaker, prevention from closing the

disconnector on load, prevention from connecting earthing wire or

closing earthing switch when it is energized, prevention from closing

circuit breaker with earthing wire, prevention from mistakenly

entering the devices of energized interval space or the devices with

locking device, will be considered. Isolated protection is used for the

HV switch. Electric and mechanism interlock is set between the

electric equipments and between operation devices. To avoid

misoperation, prevent the entering of unauthorized personnel will

be prevented by doors with locks set to exit and entrance of the

distribution room.




C9 - 17


For the consideration of personal safety, the shell of the electrical

equipments should be grounded or connected to the neutral, the

grounding resistor should meet the technical requirements of

grounding.

Arrangements will be made to ensure that employees are not exposed to temperatures above permissible limit. Air conditioning will be provided wherever activities are carried out in closed rooms/ areas.

Every hoist, crane etc. will be properly maintained and examined at

intervals.

All working places will have safe means of access and exit.

Emergency fresh water bath will be provided in

the hazardous chemical handling areas e.g. storage areas and

operating unit areas.

All personal safety equipment like gloves, helmet, goggles etc. will be

worn in the required place.

Boilers will be examined in proper manner by proper authority as

per statutory requirement

In all the work places, adequate ventilation and illumination will be

ensured.

A list of personnel protective equipment is given in Table-9.3.

Table 9.3 Personnel Protective Equipment

Protection For Equipment Protection Against

HAND a) Leather gloves b) Asbestos gloves c) Electrical resistance

gloves d) Canvas gloves e) Hand sleeves

Cuts due to handling Heat radiation Electrical shock Contact with oil & grease etc. Falling of hot slag

LEG a) Leg-guards b) Leather safety boots

c) Asbestos safety boots

Welding sparks Striking by objects, fall of objects and stepping on sharp or hot objects Heat radiation, stepping hot or sharp objects and stepping on sharp or

hot objects

EYE a) Spectacle type goggles with plain shatter

Foreign bodies entering the eyes and reflected




C9 - 18


proof lens arc rays

HEAD a) Fibre Helmet Fall of objects/hitting against objects during

construction, maintenance etc

EAR a) Ear plugs or muffs High noise level

NOSE a) Dust protection mask Fine dust particles

Medical Surveillance

Each manufacturing unit will maintain accurate and upto-date health

records or, as the case may be, medical records of the workers in the

factory who are exposed to any chemical, toxic or any other harmful

substances which are stored, handled or transported.

Medical examination of every worker will be done before such worker

is assigned to a job involving the handling of or working with a

hazardous substance and while continuing in such job and after he

has ceased to work in such job.

9.9 Fire Safety

Fire design and alarm monitoring measures for the whole complex

Fire design is based on approach of “prevention first, combined with

fire measures”, firmly implementing related fire design standards and

regulations according to specific situation of this project. Prevention

measures shall be mainly taken into account by different

professionals when selecting and arranging equipments and devices

according to characteristic of different system flow, in order to prevent

occur and spread of fire.

Automation fire alarm monitoring device shall be applied for important

buildings and equipments. Additionally, other measures such as

separation and block shall be applied for fire-prone areas, in order to

prevent fire spreading to nearby area.

Fire water supply system

In order to ensure a safe, reliable and manageable fire water supply

system, a high-pressure fire water supply system with pressure

regulators shall be applied for this project, preventing fire water being

put to other use and making sure that fire water quantity and water

pressure shall not be influenced due to leakage of other water

consumption points when fire occurs.




C9 - 19


Fire water supply system consists of fire water tanks, fire protection

voltage regulator, fire water pumps and fire water supply pipe

network, supplying fire water for indoor and outdoor fire hydrants,

and facilities of automatic sprinkler system, water spraying system

and oil tank area foam extinguishing system.

Fire extinguishers

Selection and allocation of fire extinguishers for all kinds of buildings

and structures shall be in accordance with the “Code for design of

extinguisher distribution in buildings”.

Main plant building shall be equipped with portable CO2 fire

extinguishers, portable powder fire extinguishers, CO2 trolley fire

extinguishers and powder trolley fire extinguishers.

9.10 Environmental Management Group

A separate environmental management group will be established to

implement the management plan for Hyderabad Pharma City

complex. The group shall be headed by a Senior manager. The group

shall ensure the suitability, adequacy and effectiveness of the

Environment Management Programme. The management review

process will ensure that the necessary information is collected to

allow management to carry out its evaluation. This review will be

documented.

It will also ensure to meet all the Statutory Requirements under Water

(Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act; Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act; Environment (Protection) Act; Hazardous Waste

(Management & Handling) Rules; Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals Rules etc.

The cell should also submit yearly Environmental Statements.

Besides, each pharmaceutical unit should have their own

environment management officer with an EMP.

9.11 Corporate Environmental Policy

Hyderabad Pharma City authority believes that businesses are

responsible for achieving good environmental practice and operating in

a sustainable manner.




C9 - 20


We are therefore committed to reducing our environmental impact and

continually improving our environmental performance as an integral

and fundamental part of our business strategy and operating methods.

Our policy is to

Wholly support and comply with or exceed the requirements of

current environmental legislation and codes of practice.

Minimise our waste and then reuse or recycle as much of it as

possible.

Minimise energy and water usage in our factory premises, vehicles

and processes in order to conserve supplies, and minimise our

consumption of natural resources, especially where they are non-

renewable.

Apply the principles of continuous improvement in respect of air,

water and noise pollution from our premises and reduce any

impacts from our operations on the environment and local

community.

As far as possible purchase products and services that do the least

damage to the environment and encourage others to do the same.

Assess the environmental impact of any new processes or products

we intend to introduce in advance.

It is our priority to encourage our customers, suppliers and all

business associates to do the same.

9.12 Guideline for EMP for Pharmaceutical units (Ref: Pollution

Prevention Handbook, World Bank)

Waste Characteristics

The principal air pollutants are volatile organic compounds (VOCs)

and particulate matter (PM).

Liquid effluents resulting from equipment cleaning after batch

operation contain toxic organic residues. Their composition varies,

depending on the product manufactured, the materials used in the

process, and other process details. Cooling waters are normally

recirculated. Some wastewaters may contain mercury, in a range of

0.1-4 milligrams per liter (mg/l), cadmium (10-600 mg/l), isomers of

hexachlorocyclohexane, 1,2-dichloroethane, and solvents. Typical

amounts released with the wastewater are 25 kilograms of

biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) per metric ton of product (kg/t), or

2,000 mg/l; 50kg/t chemical oxygen demand (COD), or 4,000 mg/l; 3

kg/t of suspended solids; and up to 0.8 kg/t of phenol.




C9 - 21


The principal solid wastes of concern include process and effluent

treatment sludges, spent catalysts, and container residues.

Approximately 200 kg wastes per ton of product of waste are

generated. Some solid wastes contain significant concentrations of

spent solvents and other toxic organics.

Pollution Prevention and Control

Every effort should be made to replace highly toxic and persistent

ingredients with degradable and less toxic ones. Recommended

pollution prevention measures are as follows:

Meter and control the quantities of active ingredients to minimize

wastage.

Reuse by-products from the process as raw materials or a raw

material substitutes in other processes.

Recover solvents used in the process by distillation or other

methods.

Give preference to the use of nonhalogenated solvents.

Use automated filling to minimize spillage.

Use “closed” feed systems into batch reactors.

Use equipment washdown waters and other process waters (such

as leakages from pump seals) as makeup solutions for subsequent

batches.

Recirculate cooling water.

Use dedicated dust collectors to recycle recovered materials.

Vent equipment through a vapour recovery system.

Use loss-free vacuum pumps.

Return toxic materials packaging to the supplier for reuse, or

incinerate/ destroy it in an environmentally acceptable manner.

Minimize storage time of off-specification products through regular

reprocessing.

Find productive uses for off-specification products to avoid disposal

problems.

Minimize raw materials and product inventory to avoid degradation

and wastage.

Use high-pressure hoses for equipment cleaning to reduce

wastewater.

Provide storm water drainage and avoid contamination of storm

water from process areas.

Label and store toxic and hazardous materials in secure, bunded

areas. Spillage should be collected and reused.




C9 - 22


Where appropriate, a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant should

prepare a hazard assessment and operability study and also prepare

and implement an emergency plan that takes into account

neighboring land uses and the potential consequences of an

emergency. Measures to avoid the release of harmful substances

should be incorporated in the design, operation, maintenance, and

management of the plant.

Treatment Technologies

Air Emissions

Stack gas scrubbing, carbon adsorption (for toxic organics), and bag

houses (for particulate matter removal) are applicable and effective

technologies for minimizing the release of significant pollutants to air.

In some cases, biological filters are also used to reduce emissions of

organics. Combustion is used for the destruction of toxic organics.

Liquid Effluents

Reverse osmosis or ultrafiltration is used to recover and concentrate

active ingredients. Effluent treatment normally includes

neutralization, flocculation, flotation, coagulation, filtration, settling,

ion exchange, carbon adsorption, detoxification of active ingredients

by oxidation (using ozone wet air oxidation ultraviolet systems or

peroxide solutions), and biological treatment (using trickling filters,

anaerobic, activated sludge, and rotating biological contactors).

Exhausted carbon from adsorption processes may be sent for

regeneration or combustion. In some cases, air or steam stripping is

performed to remove organics. Toxic metals are precipitated and

filtered out.

Solid wastes

Contaminated solid wastes are generally incinerated, and the flue

gases are scrubbed. Combustion devices should be operated at

temperatures above 1,0000C, with a residence time of at least 1

second, to achieve acceptable destruction efficiency (over 99.99%) of

toxics. However, temperatures of around 9000C are acceptable

provided that at least 99.99% destruction / removal efficiency of toxics

is achieved.




C9 - 23


Key Issues

The key production and control practices that will lead to compliance

with emissions requirements can be summarized as follows:

Replace highly toxic and persistent ingredients with less toxic,

degradable ones.

Control loss and wastage of active ingredients.

Return packaging for refilling.

Use vapour recovery systems to prevent the release of toxic organics

into air.

Recover solvents and avoid the use of halogenated solvents.

Use equipment washdown waters as makeup solutions for

subsequent batches.

Minimize wastage by inventory control, and find uses for off-

specification products.

Typical Range of Effluent Characteristics for Formulators

S. No.

Parameters Values

1. pH 4.5 – 8.0

2. Temperature (degree C) Ambient

3. BOD (5 days 20 degree C) (mg/l) <20 – 1,500

4. COD (mg/l) <25 – 4,000

5. Suspended Solids (mg/l) 20 – 200

6. Total Solids (mg/l) 300 – 1500

7. Chlorides (mg/l) <20 – 150

8. Sulphates (mg/l) <20 – 200

9. Sulphides (mg/l) 5 (upper limit)

10. Phenol (mg/l) NIL

11. Cyanide NIL

12. Ammoniacal Nitrogen (mg/l) 20 (upper limit)

13. Fish toxicity (fish used-gupples)

TL – 50 TL – 100

50% - 100% 30% - 100%

14. Oil and Grease (mg/l) 10 – 100

Source: Pharmaceutical Industry Funding Proposal-World Bank Project-

Prepared By Associated Industrial Consultants (India) Pvt. Ltd.




C9 - 24


Typical Range of Effluent Characteristics of Bulk Drug Manufacturing Unit

S.

No.

Parameters Values

1. pH 1 – 11

2. Temperature (degree C) Ambient - 60

3. BOD (5 days 20 degree C) (mg/l)

150 – 5000 After the recovery of

mycelium from the mother liquor by centrifugation. After

segregation and separate disposal of inorganic acidic wastes.

4. COD (mg/l) 180 – 20000

5. Suspended Solids (mg/l) 20 – 2000

6. Total Solids (mg/l) 350 – 3000

7. Chlorides (mg/l) 25 – 500

8. Sulphates (mg/l) 40 – 1200

9. Sulphides (mg/l) 45 (under aerobic conditions)

10. Phenol (mg/l) 10 (upper limit)

11. Cyanide 10 (upper limit)

12. Total heavy metals (mg/l) 5.0 (upper limit)

13. Fish toxicity (fish used-

gupples) TL – 50 TL – 100

2.5% - 100% 1.5% - 80%

14. Oil and Grease (mg/l) 20 - 500 Source: Pharmaceutical Industry Funding Proposal-World Bank Project-Prepared

By Associated Industrial Consultants (India) Pvt. Ltd.




C10 - 1

Disclosure of Consultants Engaged Environment Protection Training & Research Institute, Hyderabad

CHAPTER -10

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

10.0 General

The Environment Protection Training and Research

Institute(EPTRI) was established by the erstwhile

Government of Andhra Pradesh in 1992. Government of

India facilitated bilateral assistance for technical

collaboration between EPTRI and the Swedish International

Development Agency (SIDA). It is an autonomous

registered Society established with the objective of

providing consultancy, applied research services, training

and advocacy in the area of environment protection and

natural resources management to industry, regulatory

bodies, government etc.

EPTRI houses a Centre of Excellence for Geographical

Information System (GIS) and well equipped laboratories.

The laboratories undertake analysis of ambient air quality,

water, waste water, hazardous waste, soil etc. The

laboratories are accredited by the National Accreditation

Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories (NABL) and

recognized by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) as

environmental laboratories. NABL certificates and CPCB

recognization certificates are enclosed. The Department of

Science and Industrial Research (DSIR) recognized the

laboratories as research laboratories. The Government of

Telangana has notified the EPTRI as a Nodal Agency for

Climate Change and Clean Development Mechanism.

EPTRI has registration as EIA Consultant organization as

per requirements of the National Accreditation Board for

Education and Training (NABET) under Quality Council of

India (QCI).




C10 - 1

Disclosure of Consultants Engaged Environment Protection Training & Research Institute, Hyderabad

EPTRI offers environmental consultancy services to assist

its clients to obtain environmental clearance for the

following:

1. Irrigation projects Only

2. Industrial estates/ parks/ Complexes/areas, export

processing Zones(EPZs), Special Economic

Zones(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather Complexes

3. Thermal Power Plants

4. Building and large construction projects including

shopping malls, multiplexes, commercial complexes,

housing estates, hospitals, institutions

5. Mining of minerals including Opencast /

Underground mining

ANNEXURE DESCRIPTION

I Finalised ToRs by MoEFCC

II Sample Survey Data

III Finalised ToRs Points & Reference in the EIA Report

IV Relevant Indian Standards

No.21-5/2016-IA-III

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

09 Dec 2016

To,

M/s TELANGANA STATE INDUSTRIAL INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION LIMITED

Telangana State Industrial Infrastructure Corporation Limited (TSIIC), Parishrama Bhavan,

5th Floor, Basheerbagh,Hyderabad, 500004.,

Hyderabad-500004

Telangana

Tel.No.040-23237672; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/TG/NCP/59781/2016

2. Name of the Proposal: Hyderabad Pharma City

3. Category of the Proposal: New Construction Projects and Industrial

Estates

4. Project/Activity applied for: 7(c) Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/ areas,

export processing Zones

5. Date of submission for TOR: 21 Oct 2016

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

7(c): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR INDUSTRIALESTATES/ PARKS/ COMPLEXES/ AREAS, EXPORT PROCESSINGZONES (EPZS), SPECIAL ECONOMIC ZONES (SEZS), BIOTECHPARKS, LEATHER COMPLEXES INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDEDIN EIA/EMP REPORT

1) Reasons for selecting the site with details of alternate sites examined/rejected/selected on meritwith comparative statement and reason/basis for selection. The examination should justify sitesuitability in terms of environmental damage, resources sustainability associated with selected siteas compared to rejected sites. The analysis should include parameters considered along withweightage criteria for short-listing selected site.

2) Submit the details of the land use break-up for the proposed project. Details of land use around 10km radius of the project site. Analysis should be made based on latest satellite imagery for land usewith raw images.

3) Submit details of environmentally sensitive places, land acquisition status, rehabilitation ofcommunities/ villages and present status of such activities.

4) Examine the impact of proposed project on the nearest settlements.

5) Examine baseline environmental quality along with projected incremental load due to the projecttaking into account of the existing developments nearby.

6) Environmental data to be considered in relation to the project development would be (a) land, (b)groundwater, (c) surface water, (d) air, (e) bio-diversity, (f) noise and vibrations, (g) socio economicand health.

7) Submit a copy of the contour plan with slopes, drainage pattern of the site and surrounding area.

8) Details regarding project boundary passing through any eco- sensitive area and within 10 km fromeco- sensitive area.

9) Green buffer in the form of green belt to a width of 15 meters should be provided all along theperiphery of the industrial area. The individual units should keep 33% of the allotted area as a greenarea.

10) Submit the details of the trees to be felled for the project.

11) Submit the details of the infrastructure to be developed.

12) Submit the present land use and permission required for any conversion such as forest, agricultureetc.

13) Submit details regarding R&R involved in the project

14) Zoning of the area in terms of 'type of industries' coming-up in the industrial area based on theresource requirement along with likely pollutants with quantity from the various industries.

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

15) The project boundary area and study area for which the base line data is generated should be indicatedthrough a suitable map. Justification of the parameters, frequency and locations shall be discussedin the EIA.

16) Submit Legal frame work for the implementation of Environmental Clearance conditions - to beclearly spelt out in the EIA report.

17) Submit Roles and responsibility of the developer etc for compliance of environmental regulationsunder the provisions of EP Act.

18) Site justification of the identified industry sectors from environmental angle and the details of thestudies conducted if any.

19) Ground water classification as per the Central Ground Water Authority.

20) Submit the source of water, requirement vis-à-vis waste water to be generated along with treatmentfacilities, use of treated waste water along with water balance chart taking into account all forms ofwater use and management.

21) Rain water harvesting proposals should be made with due safeguards for ground water quality.Maximize recycling of water and utilization of rain water. Examine details.

22) Examine soil characteristics and depth of ground water table for rainwater harvesting.

23) Examine details of solid waste generation treatment and its disposal.

24) Examine and submit details of use of solar energy and alternative source of energy to reduce thefossil energy consumption.

25) In case DG sets are likely to be used during construction and operational phase of the project,emissions from DG sets must be taken into consideration while estimating the impacts on airenvironment. Examine and submit details.

26) Examine road/rail connectivity to the project site and impact on the traffic due to the proposedproject. Present and future traffic and transport facilities for the region should be analysed withmeasures for preventing traffic congestion and providing faster trouble free system to reach differentdestinations in the city.

27) A detailed traffic and transportation study should be made for existing and projected passenger andcargo traffic.

28) Examine the details of transport of materials for construction which should include source andavailability.

29) Examine the details of National Highways/State Highways/ expressways falling along the corridorand the impact of the development on them.

30) Examine noise levels - present and future with noise abatement measures.

31) Identify, predict and assess the environmental and sociological impacts on account of the project. Adetailed description with costs estimates of CSR should be incorporated in the EIA / EMP report.

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

32) Examine separately the details for construction and operation phases both for EnvironmentalManagement Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan with cost and parameters.

33) Submit details of a comprehensive Disaster Management Plan including emergency evacuationduring natural and man-made disaster.

34) The Public hearing should be conducted for the project in accordance with provisions ofEnvironmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public should beaddressed in the Environmental Management Plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted basedon the ToR letter issued by the Ministry and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting available onthe web-site.

35) A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be prepared in accordance with the above additional TORand should be submitted to the Ministry in accordance with the Notification.

*****

Page-1

ANNEXURE-II

Finalised “Terms of Reference” & Their Reference In EIA Report

Sl. No.

Finalised “Terms of Reference” Reference in EIA Report

1 Reasons for selecting the site with details of

alternate sites examined/rejected/selected on

merit with comparative statement and

reason/basis for selection. The examination

should justify site suitability in terms of

environmental damage, resources sustainability

associated with selected site as compared to

rejected sites. The analysis should include

parameters considered along with weightage

criteria for short-listing selected site.

Chapter- 5.0

2 Submit the details of the land use break-up for

the proposed project. Details of land use around

10 km radius of the project site. Analysis should

be made based on latest satellite imagery for land

use with raw images.

Chapter-2.0

Section-2.9

&

Chapter-3.0

Section-3.6

3 Submit details of environmentally sensitive

places, land acquisition status, rehabilitation of

communities/ villages and present status of such

activities.

Chapter-2.0

Section – 2.8

4 Examine the impact of proposed project on the

nearest settlements.

Chapter-4.0

5 Examine baseline environmental quality along

with projected incremental load due to the project

taking into account of the existing developments

nearby.

Chapter – 3.0 & 4.0

6 Environmental data to be considered in relation

to the project development would be (a) land, (b)

ground water, (c) surface water, (d) air, (e) bio-

diversity, (f) noise and vibrations, (g) socio

economic and health.

Chapter-3.0

Land Use – Section 3.6

Surface Water Quality - Section 3.10.1

Ground Water Quality - Section 3.10.2

Air Quality – Section 3.9

Ecology- Section 3.12

Noise - Section 3.11

Demography & Socio-

Economic Status –

Page-2

Section 3.13 7 Submit a copy of the contour plan with slopes,

drainage pattern of the site and surrounding

area.

Chapter-2.0 Section-2.13

8 Details regarding project boundary passing

through any eco-sensitive area and within 10 km

from eco- sensitive area.


9 Green buffer in the form of green belt to a width

of 15 meters should be provided all along the

periphery of the industrial area. The individual

units should keep 33% of the allotted area as a

green area.


10 Submit the details of the trees to be felled for the

project. Chapter-2.0

Section-2.15

11 Submit the details of the infrastructure to be

developed. Chapter-2.0 Section-2.29

12 Submit the present land use and permission

required for any conversion such as forest,

agriculture etc.


13 Submit details regarding R&R involved in the

project. Chapter-2.0 Section-2.32

14 Zoning of the area in terms of 'type of industries'

coming-up in the industrial area based on their

source requirement along with likely pollutants

with quantity from the various industries.


&


15 The project boundary area and study area for

which the base line data is generated should be

indicated through a suitable map. Justification of

the parameters, frequency and locations shall be

discussed in the EIA.

Chapter-3.0

Section-3.1

16 Submit Legal frame work for the implementation

of Environmental Clearance conditions - to be

clearly spelt out in the EIA report.


17 Submit Roles and responsibility of the developer

etc for compliance of environmental regulations

under the provisions of EP Act.

Chapter-9.0

18 Site justification of the identified industry sectors

from environmental angle and the details of the

studies conducted if any.

Chapter-5.0

19 Ground water classification as per the Central

Ground Water Authority. No Ground Water will be used in the proposed

project.

Page-3

20 Submit the source of water, requirement vis-à-vis

waste water to be generated along with treatment

facilities, use of treated waste water along with

water balance chart taking into account all forms

of water use and management.

Chapter-2.0 Section-2.19 & 2.20

21 Rain water harvesting proposals should be made

with due safeguards for ground water quality.

Maximize recycling of water and utilization of

rain water. Examine details.

Chapter-2.0

Section-2.30

22 Examine soil characteristics and depth of ground

water table for rainwater harvesting. Chapter-2.0

Section-2.30

23 Examine details of solid waste generation

treatment and its disposal. Chapter-2.0 Section-2.22

24 Examine and submit details of use of solar

energy and alternative source of energy to reduce

the fossil energy consumption.

Chapter-2.0

Section-2.18

25 In case DG sets are likely to be used during

construction and operational phase of the project

emissions from DG sets must be taken into

consideration while estimating the impacts on air

environment. Examine and submit details.


26 Examine road/rail connectivity to the project site

and impact on the traffic due to the proposed

project. Present and future traffic and transport

facilities for the region should be analysed with

measures for preventing traffic congestion and

providing faster trouble free system to reach

different destinations in the city.

Chapter-2.0

Section-2.25

27 A detailed traffic and transportation study should

be made for existing and projected passenger and

cargo traffic.

Chapter-3.0

Section-3.9.4

28 Examine the details of transport of materials for

construction which should include source and

availability.

Chapter-9.0

Section-9.2.1

29 Examine the details of National Highways/State

Highways/ expressways falling along the corridor

and the impact of the development on them.

Chapter – 2.0 & 4.0

30 Examine noise levels - present and future with

noise abatement measures. Chapter-3.0 Section-3.11

31 Identify, predict and assess the environmental

and sociological impacts on account of the

Chapter-4.0 & 9.0

Page-4

project. A detailed description with costs

estimates of CSR should be incorporated in the

EIA / EMP report.

32 Examine separately the details for construction

and operation phases both for Environmental

Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring

Plan with cost and parameters.

Chapter – 6.0 & 9.0

33 Submit details of a comprehensive Disaster

Management Plan including emergency

evacuation during natural and man-made

disaster.

Chapter-7.0

34 The Public hearing should be conducted for the

project in accordance with provisions of

Environmental Impact Assessment Notification,

2006 and the issues raised by the public should

be addressed in the Environmental Management

Plan. The Public Hearing should be conducted

based on the ToR letter issued by the Ministry

and not on the basis of Minutes of the Meeting

available on the web-site.

Public Hearing will be conducted by SPCB

35 A detailed draft EIA/EMP report should be

prepared in accordance with the above additional

TOR and should be submitted to the Ministry in

accordance with the Notification.

Chapter-9.0

T M F 0-6 07-15 16-25 26-60 >60 T M F1 Keshampet 11 45 23 22 3 5 10 21 6 6 3 32 Kadthaal 11 41 22 19 3 3 8 23 4 4 2 23 Ikvaya Palli 10 34 17 17 2 4 6 17 5 4 3 14 Manchal 10 39 20 19 2 4 11 14 8 6 3 35 Kurmida 10 42 22 20 2 5 9 21 5 3 1 26 Tatiparthi 11 38 18 20 4 3 10 18 3 4 2 27 Madharam 10 65 30 35 4 6 16 30 9 8 4 48 Akulmailaram 10 52 25 27 2 5 12 29 4 3 2 19 Ibrahimpatnam 8 45 24 21 4 5 9 20 7 10 6 410 Kandukur 10 55 29 26 5 6 12 24 8 16 9 711 Yacharam 11 72 38 34 7 5 13 35 12 31 19 1212 Mucherla, Zphs 16 98 50 48 13 12 24 38 11 25 10 1513 Nedunuru 12 67 35 32 8 11 14 25 9 11 4 714 Begarikanhca 10 61 32 29 4 8 11 29 9 13 9 415 Dasarla Palli 13 67 35 32 5 13 15 27 7 10 7 316 Debbadaguda 10 49 25 24 4 4 12 23 6 16 7 917 CHERKUR 11 50 25 25 3 5 10 26 6 5 3 218 Dodlaphad 11 45 23 22 3 3 8 27 4 7 4 319 khanapur -1 10 44 23 21 2 6 10 19 7 5 3 220 KHANAPUR 10 51 27 24 4 8 13 16 10 6 3 321 Nagilla 10 52 26 26 4 7 11 23 7 4 2 222 SALARPUR 11 48 25 23 6 5 12 20 5 5 3 223 Tandra 10 61 32 29 4 6 16 28 7 7 4 3

246 1221 626 595 98 139 272 553 159 209 113 96

- - 51.27 48.73 8.03 11.38 22.28 45.29 13.02 17.12 9.25 7.86

- - - - - - - - -

5.0

Table-1Distribution of Tolal Sampling Papulation

950

S.N Name of Village / town

No. of House-holds

% w.r.t Total Sampling PopulationSex Ratio (Female/ 1000 males)Family Size

SC / STPopulation Age Wise Distribution

TOTAL

Iliterate

Total Male Female Total1 Keshampet 5 9 8 5 1 28 16 12 172 Kadthaal 3 13 3 3 2 24 15 9 173 Ikvaya Palli 4 8 1 4 0 17 13 4 174 Manchal 3 10 2 6 1 22 10 12 175 Kurmida 5 9 6 3 0 23 14 9 196 Tatiparthi 3 7 6 4 1 21 13 8 177 Madharam 6 13 11 7 2 39 22 17 268 Akulmailaram 4 9 10 6 0 29 17 12 239 Ibrahimpatnam 2 9 10 7 1 29 16 13 1610 Kandukur 3 10 7 7 1 28 19 9 2711 Yacharam 5 12 20 8 0 45 26 19 2712 Mucherla, Zphs 12 19 18 9 2 60 33 27 3813 Nedunuru 10 11 8 9 0 38 22 16 2914 Begarikanhca 7 10 15 7 1 40 23 17 2115 Dasarla Palli 13 11 8 5 4 41 24 17 2616 Debbadaguda 4 11 9 4 0 28 17 11 2117 CHERKUR 5 8 5 3 1 22 15 7 2818 Dodlaphad 3 11 5 5 1 25 16 9 2019 khanapur -1 6 9 4 4 0 23 17 6 2120 KHANAPUR 6 11 5 6 1 29 16 13 2221 Nagilla 7 11 10 7 1 36 19 17 1622 SALARPUR 4 11 7 4 2 28 16 12 2023 Tandra 5 15 7 6 1 34 22 12 27

125 247 185 129 23 709 421 288 51217.63 34.84 26.09 18.19 3.24 58.07 41.93

- - - - - - 67.25 - -- - - - - - - 48.40 -

Table-2Educational Status and Literacy Level of Sample Population

Post Graduat

e

TOTAL

Name of Village / town Primary Second

ary

Higher Secondar

y

Graduate

% w.r.t Total Sampling

S.N

Female Literacy % w.r.t

Literate

Male Literacy % w.r.t

Agriculture

Forestry /

Livestock /

Business / Service Labour Others Total

1 Keshampet 11 23 3 1 0 3 5 9 1 222 Kadthaal 11 12 3 0 2 5 10 8 1 293 Ikvaya Palli 10 16 2 0 0 4 6 6 0 184 Manchal 10 20 3 1 0 3 5 7 0 195 Kurmida 10 22 3 0 1 2 5 9 0 206 Tatiparthi 11 8 6 0 0 3 11 9 1 307 Madharam 10 36 3 1 1 6 6 10 2 298 Akulmailaram 10 22 6 0 0 3 9 12 0 309 Ibrahimpatnam 8 21 2 1 0 3 8 9 1 2410 Kandukur 10 27 7 1 0 2 10 8 0 2811 Yacharam 11 37 5 0 0 5 8 15 2 3512 Mucherla, Zphs 16 50 8 0 1 2 13 24 0 4813 Nedunuru 12 40 2 0 0 2 10 13 0 2714 Begarikanhca 10 27 6 0 0 3 13 11 1 3415 Dasarla Palli 13 38 3 0 0 4 12 10 0 2916 Debbadaguda 10 23 2 0 1 2 13 8 0 2617 CHERKUR 11 20 4 1 0 3 8 12 2 3018 Dodlaphad 11 13 3 0 2 5 12 9 1 3219 khanapur -1 10 20 2 0 0 4 8 10 0 2420 KHANAPUR 10 25 3 1 0 1 14 7 0 2621 Nagilla 10 21 3 0 1 2 10 15 0 3122 SALARPUR 11 17 6 0 0 3 13 8 1 3123 Tandra 10 26 3 1 1 6 12 10 2 35

246 564 88 8 10 76 221 239 15 657- 46.19 13.39 1.22 1.52 11.57 33.64 36.38 2.28 53.81

S.N Name of Village / town

Non-Workers

Total% w.r.t Total Sampling

Workers

Table-3Occupational Status of Sample Population

No. of Sample House Holds

1 Keshampet 11 6 2 3 0 9 2 02 Kadthaal 11 8 2 1 0 11 2 03 Ikvaya Palli 10 5 2 3 0 9 1 04 Manchal 10 6 2 1 1 8 3 15 Kurmida 10 5 1 4 0 7 3 06 Tatiparthi 11 6 1 3 1 6 4 17 Madharam 10 5 2 3 0 10 1 08 Akulmailaram 10 5 2 2 1 7 4 19 Ibrahimpatnam 8 4 1 2 1 5 3 010 Kandukur 10 6 2 2 0 8 2 011 Yacharam 11 6 3 2 0 11 3 012 Mucherla, Zphs 16 8 1 5 2 14 1 113 Nedunuru 12 8 2 2 0 10 2 014 Begarikanhca 10 7 1 1 1 10 1 015 Dasarla Palli 13 7 1 3 2 12 2 116 Debbadaguda 10 5 3 2 0 9 3 017 CHERKUR 11 5 3 3 0 11 2 018 Dodlaphad 11 7 2 2 0 11 2 019 khanapur -1 10 6 2 1 1 10 0 020 KHANAPUR 10 7 2 1 0 7 4 121 Nagilla 10 5 2 3 0 9 3 022 SALARPUR 11 7 1 2 1 11 4 123 Tandra 10 5 2 3 0 10 1 0

246 139 42 54 11 215 53 7

Multistoried Brick

Total

Built of House

Bio-GasThatched Roof

Mud Electricity

KeroseneBrick

Lighting Source

Table-4Amenities Available in Sample Households

S.N Name of Village/Town

No. of Sample

Households

- 56.50 17.07 21.95 4.47 87.40 21.54 2.85

1 Keshampet 11 0 11 0 2 0 0 0 5 8 0 02 Kadthaal 11 0 11 0 2 0 0 0 8 7 0 03 Ikvaya Palli 10 0 9 0 1 0 0 0 9 9 0 04 Manchal 10 0 10 1 4 0 0 1 8 6 0 05 Kurmida 10 0 10 0 3 1 0 2 7 6 0 06 Tatiparthi 11 0 11 1 4 0 0 0 6 10 0 07 Madharam 10 0 9 0 2 0 0 0 7 6 0 08 Akulmailaram 10 0 10 1 4 1 0 1 7 10 0 09 Ibrahimpatnam 8 0 8 0 3 0 0 0 5 6 0 010 Kandukur 10 0 10 0 2 1 0 2 6 7 0 011 Yacharam 11 0 11 0 3 0 0 1 5 6 0 012 Mucherla, Zphs 16 0 15 1 2 1 0 4 11 13 0 013 Nedunuru 12 0 12 0 1 0 0 2 8 8 0 014 Begarikanhca 10 0 10 0 1 2 0 1 6 9 0 015 Dasarla Palli 13 0 13 1 2 0 0 2 8 12 0 016 Debbadaguda 10 0 10 0 3 2 0 2 6 10 0 017 CHERKUR 11 0 11 0 2 1 0 0 6 8 0 018 Dodlaphad 11 0 10 0 3 0 0 0 7 7 0 019 khanapur -1 10 0 10 0 0 1 0 0 10 9 0 020 KHANAPUR 10 0 10 1 4 2 0 1 7 6 0 021 Nagilla 10 0 10 0 3 1 0 2 8 6 0 0

Name of Village/Town

Fuel Used for Cooking

S.N

% w.r.t Total Sample

CarMotor Cycle

/ Scoote

Bicycle Others

NothingCoal LPG Kerosen

eElectric

ity Wood

Table 4 (Contd…)

Bio-gas

No. of Sample Households

Amenities Available in Sample HouseholdsOwn Transport

22 SALARPUR 11 0 11 1 4 2 0 0 7 10 0 023 Tandra 10 0 10 0 1 0 0 0 6 6 0 0

246 242 7 56 15 0 21 163 185 0 0 0- 98.37 2.85 22.76 6.10 0.00 8.54 66.26 75.20 0.00 0.00 0.00

Tap WellTank/Pond/Lake

Tube Well

Hand Pump River Canal Others Sewer

Open Surfa

ce

Box Surfac

e 1 Keshampet 11 8 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 6 02 Kadthaal 11 7 0 0 3 1 N N 0 0 6 03 Ikvaya Palli 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 5 04 Manchal 10 6 0 0 4 0 N N 0 0 8 05 Kurmida 10 7 0 0 2 1 N N 0 0 7 06 Tatiparthi 11 9 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 4 07 Madharam 10 7 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 7 08 Akulmailaram 10 6 0 0 2 2 N N 0 0 5 09 Ibrahimpatnam 8 7 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 6 010 Kandukur 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 5 011 Yacharam 11 7 0 0 3 1 N N 0 0 8 012 Mucherla, Zphs 16 13 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 7 013 Nedunuru 12 9 0 0 2 1 Y N 0 0 4 014 Begarikanhca 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 6 015 Dasarla Palli 13 7 0 0 4 2 N N 0 0 9 016 Debbadaguda 10 9 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 4 017 CHERKUR 11 10 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 6 018 Dodlaphad 11 8 0 0 3 1 N N 0 0 3 019 khanapur -1 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 5 020 KHANAPUR 10 7 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 8 021 Nagilla 10 7 0 0 2 1 N N 0 0 7 022 SALARPUR 11 10 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 5 023 Tandra 10 7 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 6 0

Total % w.r.t Total Sample

Drinking Water Source

Table 4 (Contd…)

S.N Name of Village / Town

No. of Sample House holds

Sewer SAmenities Available in Sample Households

Total 246 183 0 0 54 10 - - 0 0 137 0- 74.39 0.00 0.00 21.95 4.07 - - 0.00 0.00 55.69 0.00% w.r.t Total Sample

Tap WellTank/Pond/Lake

Tube Well

Hand Pump River Canal Others Sewer

Open Surfa

ce

Box Surfac

e

Cess-pool Method

Pit System

1 Keshampet 11 8 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 6 0 0 02 Kadthaal 11 7 0 0 3 1 N N 0 0 6 0 0 03 Ikvaya Palli 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 5 0 0 04 Manchal 10 6 0 0 4 0 N N 0 0 8 0 0 05 Kurmida 10 7 0 0 2 1 N N 0 0 7 0 0 06 Tatiparthi 11 9 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 4 0 0 07 Madharam 10 7 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 7 0 0 08 Akulmailaram 10 6 0 0 2 2 N N 0 0 5 0 0 09 Ibrahimpatnam 8 7 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 6 0 0 010 Kandukur 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 5 0 0 011 Yacharam 11 7 0 0 3 1 N N 0 0 8 0 0 012 Mucherla, Zphs 16 13 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 7 0 0 013 Nedunuru 12 9 0 0 2 1 Y N 0 0 4 0 0 014 Begarikanhca 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 6 0 0 015 Dasarla Palli 13 7 0 0 4 2 N N 0 0 9 0 0 016 Debbadaguda 10 9 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 4 0 0 017 CHERKUR 11 10 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 6 0 0 018 Dodlaphad 11 8 0 0 3 1 N N 0 0 3 0 0 019 khanapur -1 10 8 0 0 2 0 N N 0 0 5 0 0 020 KHANAPUR 10 7 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 8 0 0 021 Nagilla 10 7 0 0 2 1 N N 0 0 7 0 0 022 SALARPUR 11 10 0 0 1 0 N N 0 0 5 0 0 023 Tandra 10 7 0 0 3 0 N N 0 0 6 0 0 0

Total 246 183 0 0 54 10 - - 0 0 137 0 0 0- 74.39 0.00 0.00 21.95 4.07 - - 0.00 0.00 55.69 0.00 0.00 0.00

Drinking Water Source

S.N Name of Village / Town

No. of Sample House holds

% w.r.t Total Sample

Sewer SystemAmenities Available in Sample Households

Name of

Village/ Town

Keshampet Kadthaal Ikvaya Palli Manchal Kurmi

daTatipart

hiMadhar

amAkulmailaram

Ibrahimpatnam

Kandukur

Yacharam

Mucherla, Zphs

Nedunuru

Begarikanhca

Dasarla Palli

Debbadaguda

Serial No 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16No. of

Sample 11 11 10 10 10 11 10 10 8 10 11 16 12 10 13 10

5,000 to 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10,000 t 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

15,000 t 4 1 1 0 0 6 0 0 6 3 4 2 2 3 2 2

20,000 a 7 10 9 10 10 5 10 10 2 7 7 14 10 7 11 8

Source of Income

Agricultu 3 3 2 3 3 6 3 6 2 7 5 8 2 6 3 2

Forestry 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Livestoc 0 2 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 1

Busines 3 5 4 3 2 3 6 3 3 2 5 2 2 3 4 2

Service 5 10 6 5 5 11 6 9 8 10 8 13 10 13 12 13

Labour 9 8 6 7 9 9 10 12 9 8 15 24 13 11 10 8

Others 1 1 0 0 0 1 2 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 0 0

Monthly Income (Rs.)

Table-5Income Profile in Sample Households

CHERKUR Dodlaphad khanapur -1 KHANAPUR Nagilla SALARPUR Tandra Total

% w.r.t Total

Sample Households

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

11 11 10 10 10 11 10 246 -

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

4 1 1 0 0 6 0 48 19.51

7 10 9 10 10 5 10 198 80.49

4 3 2 3 3 6 3 88 35.77

1 0 0 1 0 0 1 8 3.25

0 2 0 0 1 0 1 10 4.07

3 5 4 1 2 3 6 76 30.89

5 3 8 4 6 4 6 180 73.17

7 9 4 7 8 4 10 217 88.21

2 1 0 0 0 1 2 15 6.10

Annexure - IV

Relevant Indian Standards ANX. - IV / PAGE -

1

Table-1 Tolerance Limits for Inland Surface Waters (as per IS:2296)

SN Parameter and Unit Class-A Class-B Class-C Class-D Class-E

1 Colour (Hazen Units) 10 300 300 - -

2 Odour Unobject - - - -

3 Taste Tasteless - - - -

4 pH (max) (min:6.5) 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

5 Conductivity (25oC) (mhos/cm) - - - 1000 2250

6 DO (mg/L)(min) 6 5 4 4 -

7 BOD (3 days at 27oC) (mg/L) 2 3 3 - -

8 Total Coliforms (MPN/100 mL) 50 500 5000 - -

9 TDS (mg/L) 500 - 1500 - 2100

10 Oil and Grease (mg/L) - - 0.1 0.1 -

11 Mineral Oil (mg/L) 0.01 - - - -

12 Free Carbon Dioxide (mg/L CO2) - - - 6 -

13 Free Ammonia (mg/L as N) - - - 1.2 -

14 Cyanide (mg/L as CN) 0.05 0.05 0.05 - -

15 Phenol (mg/L C6H5OH) 0.002 0.005 0.005 - -

16 Total Hardness (mg/L as CaCO3) 300 - - - -

17 Chloride (mg/L as Cl) 250 - 600 - 600

18 Sulphate (mg/L as SO4) 400 - 400 - 1000

19 Nitrate (mg/L as NO3) 20 - 50 - -

20 Fluoride (mg/L as F) 1.5 1.5 1.5 - -

21 Calcium (mg/L as Ca) 80 - - - -

22 Magnesium (mg/L as Mg) 24.4 - - - -

23 Copper (mg/L as Cu) 1.5 - 1.5 - -

24 Iron (mg/L as Fe) 0.3 - 50 - -

25 Manganese (mg/L as Mn) 0.5 - - - -

26 Zinc (mg/L as Zn) 15 - 15 - -

27 Boron (mg/L as B) - - - - 2

28 Barium (mg/L as Ba) 1 - - - -

29 Silver (mg/L as Ag) 0.05 - - - -

30 Arsenic (mg/L as As) 0.05 0.2 0.2 - -

31 Mercury (mg/L as Hg) 0.001 - - - -

32 Lead (mg/L as Pb) 0.1 - 0.1 - -

33 Cadmium (mg/L as Cd) 0.01 - 0.01 - -

34 Chromium (VI) (mg/L as Cr) 0.05 0.05 0.05 - -

35 Selenium (mg/L as Se) 0.01 - 0.05 - -

36 Anionic Detergents (mg/L MBAS) 0.2 1 1 - -

37 PAH (mg/L) 0.2 - - - -

38 Pesticides (g/L) Absent - - - -

39 Insecticides (mg/L) - - Absent - -

40 Alpha Emitters (10-6c/mL) 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001

41 Beta Emitters (10-6c/mL) 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

42 Percent Sodium (%) - - - - 60

43 Sodium Absorption Ratio - - - - 26

Class-A: Drinking water source without conventional treatment but after disinfection. Class-B: Outdoor bathing. Class-C: Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection. Class-D: Fish culture and wild life propagation. Class-E: Irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal.




1

Environment Protection Training & Research Institute, Hyderabad

Annexure-V

Table-1 List of village wise survey nos. in Hyderabad Pharma City

Sl. No. Revenue Village

Gram Panchayat Mandal Survey No.

1. Mucherla Mucherla,

Saireddy guda Kandukur 288, 155, 306, 186, 123, 123 (Bhoodan), 140, 156 & 157

2. Meerkhanpet Meerkhanpet Kandukur 112, 120, 113 to 119

3. Panjaguda Akula

mylaram Kandukur 90, 91

4. Kurmidda Kurmidda Yacharam

32 to 36, 40 to 79, 81 to 91, 93 to 106, 108 to 140, 165, 166, 107, 36, 37, 39, 77, 80, 99, 301 to 308, 310 to 313, 322, 326, 333, 168 to 175, 269 to 291, 294 to 300, 264, 292, 92, 293,

5. Medipally Medipally Yacharam

85, 97, 98, 102, 103, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 130, 132, 133, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 157, 158, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 181, 182, 183, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191, 196, 197, 199, 201, 202, 203, 204, 206, 207, 208, 210, 211, 212, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 248,

250, 251, 252, 254, 256, 257, 258, 261, 263, 268, 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277, 278, 281, 282, 283, 285, 286, 287, 291, 292, 293, 298, 332, 408, 428, 429, 438, 101, 127, 131, 134, 145, 184, 185, 205, 209, 213, 237, 247, 249, 426, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 86, 87, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 105, 116, 119, 120, 288, 297, 310, 96, 106, 107, 108, 113, 114, 115, 117, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 159, 160, 161, 162, 163 89, 118, 99, 100, 109, 111, 112,




2




122, 123, 169, 170, 180, 192, 193, 194, 198, 200, 262, 279, 280, 284, 253

6. Nanaknagar Nanaknagar Yacharam

31,32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,44,45,46,47,49,50,51,52,53,54,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,80,81,82,83,85,43,48,55,84,86,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,21,22,23,24,25,2627,28,29,30,87,88,89,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,100,101,102,104,105,106,137/1,137/2,138,139,141,142,143,144,145,146,20,84,86,90,103,140,172173

7 Thadiparthy Thadiparthy Yacharam

97, 98, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 110, 111, 112, 128, 129, 130, 131, 132, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 176, 155, 175, 177, 1, 2/1, 2/2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41/1, 41/2, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 81, 82, 83, 84, 86, 87, 89/1, 89/2, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 99, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 12, 19, 66, 80, 85, 177, 187

8 Mudvin Mudvin Kadthal

172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 220, 221, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 265, 266, 269, 270, 179/1, 189, 215, 222




3




9 KarkalPahad KarkalPahad Kadthal 32, 33, 34, 50, 51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 98, 99, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 117, 52/1, 69

10 Kadthal Kadthal Kadthal

217, 218, 220, 221, 222, 223, 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 232, 233, 234, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249, 250, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256, 257, 260, 267, 268, 269, 270, 272, 273, 275, 276, 277, 278, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 288, 289, 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 296, 297, 298, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316, 317, 318, 319, 372, 373, 374, 379, 380, 381, 382, 383, 385, 386, 387, 388, 389, 390, 391, 392, 394, 395, 396, 397, 398, 231, 265, 266, 321/2, 260/2